WO2023011245A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023011245A1
WO2023011245A1 PCT/CN2022/107829 CN2022107829W WO2023011245A1 WO 2023011245 A1 WO2023011245 A1 WO 2023011245A1 CN 2022107829 W CN2022107829 W CN 2022107829W WO 2023011245 A1 WO2023011245 A1 WO 2023011245A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
node
target
wireless backhaul
interface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/107829
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孙飞
朱元萍
史玉龙
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023011245A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023011245A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00—Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02—Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/22—Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H04W8/24—Transfer of terminal data

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • Wireless backhaul equipment provides an idea to solve the above problems. Both the access link (AL) and the backhaul link (BL) of the wireless backhaul equipment adopt wireless transmission solutions, which can reduce fiber deployment.
  • the wireless backhaul device may be a relay node (relay node, RN), for example, an integrated access backhaul (integrated access backhaul, IAB) node.
  • relay node relay node, RN
  • IAB integrated access backhaul
  • the wireless backhaul device can return the data packet of the terminal to the host node through the wireless backhaul link, and can also send the data packet from the host node to the terminal through the wireless access link.
  • a communication network composed of one or more wireless backhaul devices may be called a wireless backhaul network or a relay network.
  • a relay node will only be connected to one host node.
  • a communication scenario in which a relay node is connected to multiple host nodes appears.
  • the relay node is connected to the core network through the host node.
  • the relay node is connected to the 5G network through the host node.
  • Core network 5G core, 5GC.
  • 5G architecture of dual connectivity (DC) or multi-connectivity (MC) for example: non-standalone (NSA) or NR-DC scenarios, etc.
  • EPC evolved packet core network
  • evolved NodeB evolved NodeB
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • the topology on which the dual connection architecture of the F1 interface in the current IAB network depends may include redundant topology (topology redundancy) and non-redundant topology.
  • topology redundancy redundant topology
  • non-redundant topology non-redundant topology
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which can determine which dual connection mode of the F1 interface is adopted, thereby improving the stability of service communication between the IAB node and the terminal.
  • a communication method including: a first network device acquires capability information of at least one second network device, and the capability information indicates whether it has an IAB host capability and/or supports transmission of an F1 interface application protocol (application protocol, F1AP) message, the first network device is the master node (master node, MN) of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the first network device selects a target second network device from at least one second network device as a secondary node (secondary node, SN) of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device.
  • the first network device configures the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the first network device can determine the dual connection mode for configuring the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node according to the acquired capability information of the network device, which is beneficial to improve the stability of the business communication between the IAB node and the terminal, Improve terminal service experience.
  • the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane can be transmitted through different paths, which is beneficial to improve the data transmission rate.
  • the transmission of the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device .
  • the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
  • the F1AP message can be transmitted to the SN through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the MN.
  • the F1AP message can be transmitted to the MN through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the SN.
  • the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and The communication link between the target second network device.
  • the wireless backhaul node can transmit F1AP messages through the backhaul link with the first network device, and/or F1 interface data on the user plane;
  • the backhaul node may also transmit the F1AP message and/or F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link with the second network device.
  • Which backlink the wireless backhaul node transmits which F1 interface information can be determined by the wireless backhaul node itself, or can be configured or updated by the network device .
  • the first network device and the target second network device are the host nodes of the wireless backhaul node, and the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node can adopt a redundant topology dual connection mode.
  • the F1AP message The F1 interface data with the user plane may be transmitted through the backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and the target second network device.
  • Such a dual connection mode is conducive to improving the stability of data transmission.
  • the first network device acquiring capability information of at least one second network device includes: the first network device receives at least one second network device from at least one second network device Capability information of network devices.
  • the first network device determines whether the Xn interface between the first network device and at least one second network device supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the Xn interface application protocol XnAP message . According to the capability information of at least one second network device, the first network device selects the target second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node from at least one second network device, including: The capability information of the network device and whether the Xn interface supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the XnAP message, and select the target second network device from at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the first network device exchanges capability information with at least one second network device, it is also necessary to exchange whether the Xn interface supports the transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages, which is conducive to the stability of F1AP message transmission.
  • the obtaining capability information of at least one second network device by the first network device includes: the first network device receiving at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node Capability information of the network device; or, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the network management device.
  • the first network device receives a measurement report of at least one second network device, where the measurement report includes a measurement report between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device Signal quality.
  • the first network device selects the target second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node from at least one second network device, including: Based on the capability information of the network device and the measurement report, the target second network device is selected from at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the first network device configuring the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node includes: the first network device sends the first network device to the wireless backhaul node One indication information, the first indication information indicates the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
  • the first indication information is default backhaul radio link control (default BH RLC) channel configuration information.
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
  • the first network device may instruct the wireless backhaul node to transmit the F1AP in a form, that is, through the backhaul link or through the air interface.
  • the first network device sends the first indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the target second network device.
  • the first network device broadcasts capability information of the first network device.
  • the first network device receives access request information from the wireless backhaul node.
  • the first network device broadcasts the capability information of the first network device to the outside world, so that the wireless backhaul node can perceive the support of the first network device for the IAB host capability, which is beneficial for the wireless backhaul node to access the appropriate
  • the network device on the network serves as the MN.
  • a communication method including: a target second network device sends capability information of the target second network device, where the capability information indicates whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through an air interface.
  • the target second network device receives the access request information from the wireless backhaul node, and the target second network device is a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the target second network device is the SN added by the MN for the wireless backhaul node that matches the dual connection mode, which is conducive to improving the stability of the business communication between the IAB node and the terminal, and improving the service experience of the terminal .
  • the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
  • the transmission of the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device .
  • the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
  • the backhaul link is a backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and The communication link between the target second network device.
  • the sending the capability information of the target second network device by the target second network device includes: the target second network device sending the target Capability information of the second network device.
  • the method further includes: the target second network device sending whether the Xn interface between the target second network device and the first network device supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages.
  • the sending of the capability information of the target second network device by the target second network device includes: the target second network device broadcasting the capability of the target second network device information.
  • the target second network device sends second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface.
  • the second indication information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information.
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
  • the target second network device sends the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
  • a communication method including: a wireless backhaul node acquires capability information of at least one network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through an air interface.
  • the wireless backhaul node accesses the first network device based on the capability information of at least one network device, and the first network device is the master node MN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the wireless backhaul node receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a target second network device as a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the wireless backhaul node receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the wireless backhaul node can determine the MN and SN according to the acquired capability information of the network device, the MN and/or SN have the IAB host capability, and configure the F1 interface with the host node according to the second configuration information
  • the dual connection mode that matches the capability information is beneficial to improve the stability of the service communication between the IAB node and the terminal, and improve the service experience of the terminal.
  • the dual connectivity manner includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and The backhaul link between the target second network device.
  • the second configuration information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information.
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
  • the wireless backhaul node sends the F1AP message through the backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
  • a communication method including: a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) of a first network device determines from multiple candidate paths that the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit of the second network device (distributed unit, DU) between the target path.
  • the CU of the first network device transmits data to the DU of the second network device through the target path.
  • the CU of the first network device can determine from multiple candidate paths to achieve the simple goal The path is beneficial to reduce the loss of data packets and improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • the CU of the first network device determines the target path as an example.
  • the DU of the second network device may also determine the target path for data transmission, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the multiple candidate paths include at least one of the following: path 1: the CU of the first network device connects to the second network device through an Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) network DU of the network device. Or, path 2: the CU of the first network device passes through the CU of the second network device to the DU of the second network device. Or, path 3: the CU of the first network device passes through the DU of the first network device to the DU of the second network device.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • the IP paths of path 1 and path 2 are normal, and the IP path of path 3 is abnormal.
  • the CU of the first network device determines the target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: if the source IP address of the data packet to be transmitted is in the first network
  • the filtering unit of the IP router between the CU of the device and the DU of the second network device is in the white list, or the IP router between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device does not start the filtering unit, the CU of the first network device determines that path 1 is the target path.
  • path 2 needs to add an outer layer IP once at the DU of the second network device, and add an outer layer IP once at the CU of the second network device, this implementation is complicated, and Path 1 only needs to add an outer layer IP at the DU of the second network device once, which is easy to implement, so path 1 is selected as the target path to transmit data.
  • the IP paths of path 1 and path 3 are normal, and the IP path of path 2 is abnormal.
  • the CU of the first network device determines the target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: if the DU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device If a tunnel exists between the DUs of the first network device, the CU of the first network device determines that path 3 is the target path.
  • tunnel transmission is more stable than IP network transmission
  • path 3 is selected as the target path for data transmission .
  • the IP paths of path 1 and path 3 are normal, and the IP path of path 2 is abnormal.
  • the CU of the first network device determines the target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: if the DU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device If an IP network is used between the DUs, the CU of the first network device determines that path 1 or path 3 is the target path.
  • the selection of path 1 and path 3 is implemented based on the base station.
  • the IP paths of path 2 and path 3 are normal, and the IP path of path 1 is abnormal; the CU of the first network device determines the first The target path between the CU of the network device and the DU of the second network device includes: the CU of the first network device determines that path 3 is the target path.
  • path 2 is complex to implement, and the data transmission between DU 1 of the first network device and CU 1 of the first network device in path 3 is consistent with the original data packet processing method, the implementation is simple, so Select path 3 as the target path to transfer data.
  • the IP paths of path 1, path 2, and path 3 are normal.
  • the CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: the CU of the first network device determines that path 1 or path 3 is The target path.
  • path 1 and path 3 are preferred. Since these two paths are easy to implement, the target path can be determined in path 1 and path 3.
  • the method further includes: the CU of the first network device determines how many The IP paths of the candidate paths are normal or abnormal.
  • the first network device before determining the target path, the first network device first needs to test the IP path condition of each candidate path, so that the candidate paths with abnormal IP paths can be eliminated, which is beneficial to the reliability of data transmission.
  • a communication device including: configured to execute the method in any possible implementation manner in any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • the apparatus includes a module for executing the method in any possible implementation manner in any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the device may include modules corresponding to one-to-one execution of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the above aspects.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or a combination of hardware circuits and software. accomplish.
  • the device is a communication chip
  • the communication chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • the apparatus is a communications device, which may include a transmitter for sending information or data, and a receiver for receiving information or data.
  • the apparatus is configured to execute the method in any of the foregoing aspects or any possible implementation manners of the various aspects, and the apparatus may be configured in the foregoing first network device, the target second network device, or a wireless backhaul node, Or the device itself is the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node.
  • another communication device including a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device performs any of the above-mentioned aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be set separately from the processor.
  • the device is a communication device, and the communication device also includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • the transmitter and the receiver can be set separately or integrated together, called a transceiver ( transceiver).
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit, and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any possible implementation manner in any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a chip
  • the input circuit can be an input pin
  • the output circuit can be an output pin
  • the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver
  • the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • a communication system including: a device for realizing the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the methods that may be realized in the first aspect, and for realizing the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the second aspect
  • a device for realizing the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the methods that may be realized in the first aspect and for realizing the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the second aspect
  • An apparatus for a possible implementation of the method and an apparatus for implementing the third aspect or any one of the possible implementation methods of the third aspect.
  • the communication system may further include other devices that interact with the first network device, the target second network device and/or the wireless backhaul node in the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or an instruction), which, when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to perform any of the above-mentioned aspects.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or an instruction
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to perform any of the above-mentioned aspects.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network communication system
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in an IAB network
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in an IAB network
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a dual connection communication scenario
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication architecture
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario A
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario B
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario C
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario D
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another communication architecture
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a topology provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a candidate path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 22 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 23 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one (one) of a, b and c may represent: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, wherein a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the communication systems applicable to the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited to: narrow band-internet of things (narrow band-internet of things, NB-IoT) system, wireless local area network (wireless local access network, WLAN) system, long term evolution ( long term evolution (LTE) system, next-generation 5G mobile communication system or subsequent evolution communication system, such as new radio (NR) communication system.
  • narrow band-internet of things narrow band-internet of things
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G mobile communication system such as new radio (NR) communication system.
  • the donor base station can serve as the donor node of the IAB node.
  • the host base station may include but not limited to: next generation base station (generation nodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved Node B or home Node B), transmission point (transmission and reception point or transmission point ), roadside unit (RSU) with base station function, baseband unit (BBU), radio remote unit (Remote Radio Unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), One or a group of antenna panels, or nodes with base station functions in subsequent evolution systems, etc.
  • generation nodeB, gNB next generation base station
  • eNB evolved node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B Node B, NB
  • base station controller base
  • the donor base station may be one entity, and may also include a centralized unit CU entity plus at least one distributed unit DU entity.
  • the interface between the CU and the DU may be referred to as an F1 interface.
  • the two ends of the F1 interface are the CU and the DU.
  • the opposite end of the F1 interface of the CU is the DU, and the opposite end of the F1 interface of the DU is the CU.
  • the F1 interface may further include a control plane F1 interface (F1-C) and a user plane F1 interface (F1-U).
  • the CU of the host base station may be referred to as Donor CU for short
  • the DU of the host base station may be referred to as Donor DU for short.
  • the Donor CU may also be a form in which the control plane (control plane, CP) and the user plane (user plane, UP) are separated.
  • a CU may be composed of one CU-CP and one (or more) CU-UP.
  • a terminal is sometimes referred to as a user equipment (user equipment, UE), a mobile station, a terminal device, and the like.
  • Terminals can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (Internet of Things) of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
  • Terminals can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc.
  • Terminals may include, but are not limited to: user equipment UE, mobile station, mobile device, terminal device, user agent, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, Smart glasses, etc.), smart furniture or home appliances, vehicle equipment in vehicle to everything (V2X), terminal equipment with relay function, customer premises equipment (CPE), IAB nodes (specifically IAB The MT of the node or the IAB node as the terminal role), etc., the application does not limit the specific name and implementation form of the terminal.
  • V2X vehicle equipment in vehicle to everything
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • IAB nodes specifically IAB The MT of the node or the IAB node as the terminal role
  • the IAB node may include at least one mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) and at least one distributed unit DU (distributed unit, DU).
  • An IAB node may be an entity, for example, the IAB node includes at least one MT function and at least one DU function.
  • the IAB node may also include multiple entities, for example, the IAB node includes at least one MT entity and at least one DU entity.
  • the MT entity and the DU entity can communicate with each other, for example, communicate with each other through a network cable.
  • an IAB node When an IAB node faces its parent node (the parent node may be a host base station or other IAB nodes), it can be used as a terminal, for example, in various scenarios where the above-mentioned terminal is applied, that is, the terminal role of the IAB node. In this case, it is the MT function or MT entity that provides the terminal role for the IAB node.
  • the MT function or MT entity that provides the terminal role for the IAB node.
  • an IAB node faces its child nodes (the child nodes can be other IAB nodes or terminals)
  • it can act as a network device, that is, the network device role of the IAB node.
  • it is the DU function or DU entity that provides the network device role for the IAB node.
  • the MT of the IAB node may be referred to as IAB-MT for short, and the DU of the IAB node may be referred to as IAB-DU for short.
  • the IAB node can access the host base station, and can also connect to the host base station through other IAB nodes.
  • the IAB network supports multi-hop networking and multi-connection networking to ensure the reliability of service transmission.
  • the IAB node regards the IAB node providing the backhaul service as a parent node, and accordingly, the IAB node can be regarded as a child node of its parent node.
  • the terminal may also regard the IAB node which it accesses as a parent node, and correspondingly, the IAB node may also regard the terminal which it accesses as a child node.
  • the IAB node may regard the host base station that it accesses as a parent node, and correspondingly, the host base station may also regard the IAB node that accesses itself as a child node.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network communication system.
  • the communication system includes a terminal, an IAB node, and a host base station.
  • IAB network is just an example, and may be replaced with “wireless backhaul network” or “relay network”.
  • IAB node is just an example, and may be replaced with “wireless backhaul device”, “wireless backhaul node” or “relay node”.
  • the parent node of the IAB node 1 includes a master base station.
  • IAB node 1 is also the parent node of IAB node 2 or IAB node 3 .
  • the parent node of terminal 1 includes IAB node 4 .
  • the child nodes of IAB node 4 include terminal 1 or terminal 2 .
  • the IAB node directly accessed by the terminal may be referred to as an access IAB node.
  • the IAB node 4 in FIG. 1 is the access IAB node of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 .
  • the IAB node 5 is the access IAB node of the terminal 2 .
  • the nodes on the uplink transmission path from the IAB node to the donor base station may be referred to as upstream nodes (upstream nodes) of the IAB node.
  • the upstream node may include a parent node, a parent node (or a grandparent node) of the parent node, and the like.
  • IAB node 1 and IAB node 2 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as upstream nodes of IAB node 5 .
  • the nodes on the downlink transmission path from the IAB node to the terminal may be referred to as downstream nodes (downstream nodes) or descendant nodes (descendant nodes) of the IAB node.
  • a downstream node or a descendant node may include a child node, a child node (or called a grandson node) of a child node, or a terminal.
  • terminal 1, terminal 2, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, IAB node 4 or IAB node 5 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as a downstream node or descendant node of IAB node 1.
  • the IAB node 4 and the IAB node 5 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as downstream nodes or descendant nodes of the IAB node 2 .
  • the terminal 1 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as a downstream node or a descendant node of the IAB node 4 .
  • the uplink data packet sent by the terminal to the donor base station may be transmitted to the donor base station through one or more IAB nodes, that is, the target node of the uplink data between the terminal and the donor base station may be the donor base station.
  • the downlink data packet sent by the host base station to the terminal can be sent to the access IAB node of the terminal through one or more IAB nodes, and then sent to the terminal by the access IAB node, that is, the target node of the downlink data between the terminal and the host base station can be It is the access IAB node.
  • path 1 there are two available paths for data transmission between terminal 1 and the donor base station, path 1: terminal 1 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 3 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ donor base station.
  • Path 2 terminal 1 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host base station.
  • path 1 terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 3 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host base station
  • path 2 terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host base station
  • path 3 terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 5 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host base station.
  • one or more IAB nodes may be included on a transmission path between the terminal and the donor base station.
  • Each IAB node needs to maintain a backhaul link (BL) facing the parent node. If the child node of the IAB node is a terminal, the IAB node also needs to maintain an access link (access link, AL) with the terminal. As shown in FIG. 1, the link between the IAB node 4 and the terminal 1 or the terminal 2 includes an AL. A BL is included between IAB node 4 and IAB node 2 or IAB node 3 .
  • FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 are respectively a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack and a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in an IAB network.
  • the donor base station in Figure 2 and Figure 3 may include the functions of the host CU and the host DU (in this case, the host base station is one entity), or may include the host CU entity and the host DU entity (in this case, the host base station is divided into two entities).
  • the peer-to-peer protocol layers between the host DU and the host CU include the IP layer, layer 2 (layer2, L2), and layer 1 (layer 1, L1).
  • L1 and L2 may refer to protocol stack layers in a wired transmission (such as optical fiber transmission) network.
  • L1 may be the physical layer
  • L2 may be the data link layer.
  • Backhaul links (BL) are established between the IAB node 4 and the IAB node 3, between the IAB node 3 and the IAB node 1, and between the IAB node 1 and the host DU.
  • the peer-to-peer protocol stack at both ends of the BL may include a backhaul adaptation protocol (BAP) layer, a radio link control (radio link control, RLC), a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, and Physical (PHY) layer.
  • BAP backhaul adaptation protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC medium access control
  • PHY Physical
  • the control plane protocol stack at both ends of the Uu interface includes a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, an RLC layer, a MAC layer, and a PHY layer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC Radio Link Control
  • PHY Packet Control
  • AS access stratum
  • the control plane protocol stack of the Uu interface at the host base station side can be respectively located in the host DU and the host CU.
  • the PHY layer, the MAC layer and the RLC layer are located in the host DU
  • the RRC layer and the PDCP layer are located in the host CU.
  • an interface between the DU of the IAB node that the terminal accesses (that is, the IAB node 4 in FIG. 2 ) and the host base station, for example, it is called an F1 interface.
  • One end of the F1 interface is located at the IAB node 4, and the other end is located at the host base station.
  • the opposite end of the F1 interface of the host base station (for example, it may be the host CU) is the IAB node (specifically, it may be the DU of the IAB node), and the opposite end of the F1 interface of the IAB node (specifically, it may be the DU of the IAB node) is the host base station (specifically, it may be the DU of the IAB node).
  • the peer-to-peer control plane protocol stack at both ends of the F1 interface includes the F1 application protocol (F1 application protocol, F1AP) layer, the stream control transmission protocol (stream control transmission protocol, SCTP) layer and the IP layer.
  • the host base station may include a host CU entity and a host DU entity.
  • the control plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station may be located in the host CU.
  • the host CU includes an F1AP layer, an SCTP layer, and an IP layer.
  • the control plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station may also be respectively located in the host CU and the host DU.
  • the host CU includes the F1AP layer and the SCTP layer
  • the host DU includes the IP layer.
  • the terminal's RRC message is encapsulated by the access IAB node in an F1 interface application protocol (application protocol, F1AP) message for transmission.
  • F1AP application protocol
  • the terminal encapsulates the RRC message in a PDCP protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU), and sequentially processes the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer and sends it to the DU of the IAB node 4.
  • PDU of IAB node 4 is sequentially processed by the PHY layer, the MAC layer and the RLC layer to obtain the PDCP PDU, and the PDCP PDU is encapsulated in the F1AP message, and then processed by the SCTP layer and the IP layer to obtain the IP packet.
  • the DU of the IAB node 4 sends the IP packet to the MT of the IAB node 4 through the internal interface.
  • the MT of the IAB node 4 sends the IP packet to the DU of the IAB node 3 after being processed by the BAP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer in sequence.
  • the DU of the IAB node 3 is sequentially processed by the PHY layer, the MAC layer, the RLC layer and the BAP layer to obtain an IP packet.
  • the DU of IAB node 3 sends the IP packet to the MT of IAB node 3 through the internal interface, and then, the MT of IAB node 3 uses an operation similar to the MT of IAB node 4 to send the IP packet to the DU of IAB node 1. Then, the DU of IAB node 1 adopts an operation similar to that of the DU of IAB node 3 to send the IP packet to the MT of IAB node 1 . Similarly, the MT of the IAB node 1 sends the IP packet to the host DU. After the host DU parses and obtains the IP packet, it sends the IP packet to the host CU. The host CU obtains the RRC message of the terminal after processing the IP packet through the SCTP layer, the F1AP layer and the PDCP layer in sequence. The downlink direction is similar and will not be described here.
  • the user plane protocol stacks at both ends of the Uu interface between the terminal and the host base station are equivalent, including a service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer.
  • the protocol layer included in the Uu interface user plane protocol stack may also be referred to as the access layer (AS) of the user plane.
  • AS access layer
  • the host base station includes a host CU entity and a host DU entity
  • the user plane protocol stack of the Uu interface at the end of the host base station may be respectively located in the host DU and the host CU.
  • the PHY layer, the MAC layer and the RLC layer are located in the host DU
  • the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer are located in the host CU.
  • the peer-to-peer user plane protocol layers at both ends of the F1 interface between the DU of IAB node 4 and the host base station include the general packet radio service user plane tunneling protocol (general packet radio service tunneling protocol for the user plane, GTP-U) layer. Datagram protocol (user datagram protocol, UDP) layer and IP layer.
  • the host base station may include a host CU entity and a host DU entity.
  • the user plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station may be located in the host CU.
  • the host CU includes a GTP-U layer, a UDP layer, and an IP layer.
  • the user plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station can also be located in the host CU and the host DU respectively.
  • the host CU includes the GTP-U layer and the UDP layer
  • the host DU includes the IP layer.
  • the data packet of the terminal is encapsulated in the PDCP PDU (PDCP PDU) and then sent to the access IAB node after being processed by the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer, and the access IAB node will receive the PDCP
  • the PDU is encapsulated and transmitted in the GTP-U tunnel between the access IAB node and the host CU.
  • the GTP-U tunnel is established on the F1-U interface.
  • the interface between the host DU and the host CU may also include an F1 interface.
  • the peer-to-peer control plane protocol stacks at both ends of the F1 interface include an F1AP layer, an SCTP layer and an IP layer.
  • the peer-to-peer user plane protocol stacks at both ends of the F1 interface include a GTP-U layer, a UDP layer, and an IP layer.
  • an F1 interface may also be included between the IAB node 1 or IAB node 3 and the host base station, and the description of the F1 interface may refer to the above-mentioned DU of the IAB node 4 and the host base station Description of the interface between F1.
  • the protocol stack of the terminal shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3 is the protocol stack of the MT function or MT entity of an IAB node , or the protocol stack when an IAB node acts as a terminal.
  • the MT of the IAB node When an IAB node accesses the IAB network, it can act as a terminal.
  • the MT of the IAB node has the protocol stack of the terminal.
  • the protocol stack of the terminal as shown in Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 includes RRC layer or SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer.
  • the RRC message of the IAB node is encapsulated in the F1AP message by the parent node of the IAB node for transmission.
  • the data packet of the IAB node is encapsulated in a PDCP protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) and sent to the parent node of the IAB node, and the parent node of the IAB node encapsulates the received PDCP PDU in the parent node of the IAB node.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the IAB node can still act as an ordinary terminal.
  • the IAB node can transmit its own data packets with the host base station, such as operating, managing and maintaining network elements (operation, administration and maintenance, OAM) data packets, measurement reports, etc.
  • OAM operation, administration and maintenance
  • an IAB node may have one or more roles in the IAB network.
  • the IAB node can be used as a terminal role, or as an access IAB node role (such as the protocol stack of IAB node 4 in Figure 2 and Figure 3 ) or an intermediate IAB node role (such as the IAB node role in Figure 2 and Figure 3 ).
  • protocol stack of node 1 or IAB node 3 The IAB node can use protocol stacks corresponding to different roles for different roles.
  • the IAB node has multiple roles in the IAB network, it can have multiple sets of protocol stacks at the same time, and each set of protocol stacks can share some of the same protocol layers, such as sharing the same RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario. As shown in Figure 4, it includes a Donor base station (Donor base station) and an IAB node.
  • the donor base station may include a donor CU (Donor CU) and at least one donor DU (Donor DU).
  • the communication interface between the donor base station and the IAB node may include an air interface (Uu interface) and an F1 interface.
  • Uu interface air interface
  • F1 interface F1 interface
  • the IP address of the IAB node can be allocated for the IAB node by the Donor DU or network management equipment.
  • the IP address of the Donor CU can also be assigned by the network management device.
  • the network management equipment may include operation, administration and maintenance (OAM), element management system (element management system, EMS), or network management system (network management system, NMS).
  • OAM operation, administration and maintenance
  • element management system element management system
  • NMS network management system
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a dual connectivity communication scenario. As shown in Figure 5, it includes a master base station (master base station), a secondary base station (secondary base station) and an IAB node. Wherein, the host base station of the IAB node is a secondary base station.
  • the communication interface between the primary base station and the IAB node includes an air interface (Uu interface).
  • the communication interface between the secondary base station and the IAB node includes a Uu interface and an F1 interface.
  • the primary base station may also be called the primary node of the IAB node
  • the secondary base station may be called the secondary node of the IAB node.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication architecture.
  • the donor base station 1 includes a donor CU1 (Donor CU1) and a donor DU1 (Donor DU1).
  • the donor base station 2 includes a donor CU2 (Donor CU2) and a donor DU2 (Donor DU2).
  • the communication interface between the IAB node and the donor base station 1 or the donor base station 2 may include a Uu interface and/or an F1 interface.
  • Donor CU1 and Donor CU2 can communicate with each other, such as through the X2 or Xn interface.
  • Donor CU1 and Donor DU2, and between Donor CU2 and Donor DU1 can also communicate with each other, such as through the IP network.
  • downstream nodes or descendant nodes of the IAB node may also be included.
  • An upstream node of the IAB node may also be included between the IAB node and the donor base station.
  • the IAB node includes MT and DU parts (in this case, the IAB node is divided into two entities), or MT and DU functions (in this case, the IAB node is one entity).
  • the host base station includes a host CU entity and a host DU entity (in this case, the host base station is divided into two entities), or functions of the host CU and the host DU (in this case, the host base station is still a whole).
  • IAB node 2 ie, the parent node of the IAB node 3
  • the possible communication paths of the F1 interface between the IAB node and the donor base station 1 or the donor base station 2 are shown in bold curves in each scenario. It can be understood that in FIG. 7 , between the IAB node 3 and the IAB node 2 , or between the IAB node 3 and the IAB node 1 may also include other upstream nodes of the IAB node 3 . In FIG. 7 , other downstream nodes or descendant nodes of the IAB node 3 may also be included. In FIGS. 7-10 , the IAB node 1 may not exist, that is, the IAB node 3 may be directly connected to the donor base station 1 .
  • the IAB node 2 may also not exist, that is, the IAB node 3 may be directly connected to the donor base station 2 .
  • Communication scenario A in Figure 7 when the host base station in communication scenario A in Figure 7 is host base station 1 (that is, Donor CU is Donor CU1, and Donor DU is Donor DU1), there is a Uu interface between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 and F1 interface.
  • the F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 needs to go through Donor DU1.
  • the IP address 1 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario A may be the IP address assigned by the Donor DU1 or the network management device for the IAB node 3.
  • IP address 1 of IAB node 3 and Donor DU1 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
  • the host base station in the communication scenario A in Figure 7 is the host base station 2 (that is, the Donor CU is Donor CU2, and the Donor DU is Donor DU2)
  • the host base station 2 that is, the Donor CU is Donor CU2, and the Donor DU is Donor DU2
  • the F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 2 needs to go through Donor DU2.
  • the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario B may be the IP address assigned to the IAB node 3 by the Donor DU2 or the network management device.
  • the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 and the Donor DU2 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
  • Communication scenario B in Figure 8 There is a Uu interface between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 2 (including Donor CU2 and Donor DU2), and there is an F1 interface between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 1.
  • the F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 needs to go through Donor DU2.
  • the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario B may be the IP address assigned to the IAB node 3 by the Donor DU2 or the network management device. In a possible design, the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 and the Donor DU2 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
  • Communication scenario C in FIG. 9 Uu interface exists between IAB node 3 and donor base station 1 (including Donor-CU1 and Donor-DU1), and F1 interface exists between IAB node 3 and donor base station 2.
  • F1 interface exists between IAB node 3 and donor base station 2.
  • the F1 interface communication between the IAB node and the host base station 2 needs to go through Donor DU1.
  • the IP address 1 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario C may be the IP address assigned by the Donor DU1 or the network management device for the IAB node 3.
  • the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 and the Donor DU1 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
  • Communication scenario D in Figure 10 (also called a dual-connection scenario): there is a Uu interface between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 1 (including Donor-CU1 and Donor-DU1), and there is a Uu interface between the IAB node and the donor base station 2 .
  • An F1 interface exists between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 1 .
  • the F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 can pass through Donor DU1 or Donor DU2, that is to say, host base station 1 can choose to communicate with IAB node 3 through Donor DU1 and/or Donor DU2 F1 interface communication.
  • the communication scenarios A, B, C, and D of the above-mentioned IAB node 3 are interchangeable.
  • donor base station 1 may be called a source donor base station (source donor base station, S-donor)
  • donor base station 2 may be called a target donor base station (target donor base station, T-donor).
  • S-donor can also include S-donor CU1 and S-donor DU1.
  • T-donor can also include T-donor CU2 and T-donor DU2.
  • establishing an interface may include establishing a connection and/or a bearer on the interface.
  • establishing a Uu interface may include at least one of establishing an RRC connection, establishing an SRB, and establishing a DRB.
  • Establishing an F1 interface may include establishing an F1 connection.
  • Disconnecting an interface may include disconnecting connections and/or bearers on the interface.
  • disconnecting the Uu interface may include disconnecting the RRC connection, disconnecting the SRB, and disconnecting the DRB.
  • Disconnecting the F1 interface may include disconnecting the F1 connection.
  • the IAB node 3 may also switch from communication scenario A or communication scenario B to a dual connectivity communication scenario (communication scenario D).
  • the donor base station 1 may be called a master donor base station (M-donor), and the donor base station 2 may be called a secondary donor base station (S-donor).
  • M-donor can also include M-donor CU1 and M-donor DU1.
  • S-donor can also include S-donor CU2 and S-donor DU2.
  • the dual connectivity scenarios under the current IAB architecture mainly include the following two types: dual connectivity based on redundant topology and dual connectivity based on CP-UP separation.
  • the dual connectivity based on redundant topology and the dual connectivity based on CP-UP separation are described below by taking FIG. 11 as an example.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another communication architecture. Similar to FIG. 6, the donor base station 1 in FIG. 11 includes a donor CU1 (Donor CU1) and a donor DU1 (Donor DU1). The donor base station 2 includes a donor CU2 (Donor CU2) and a donor DU2 (Donor DU2). IAB node 1 includes IAB MT 1 and IAB DU 1, IAB node 2 includes IAB MT 2 and IAB DU 2, IAB node 3 includes IAB MT 3 and IAB DU 3, and IAB node 4 includes IAB MT 4 and IAB DU 4. Wherein, the IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of the terminal 1, and the IAB node 4 is the access IAB node of the terminal 2.
  • the node represented by legend 1 in the figure is controlled by Donor CU 2, that is, node 3 is controlled by Donor CU 2.
  • Other nodes are controlled by Donor CU 1, that is, IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and IAB node 4 are controlled by Donor CU 1.
  • the host base station 1 is the master node MN
  • the host base station 2 is the secondary node SN
  • the MT of the IAB node 2 is connected to Donor DU1 and Donor DU2 through dual connections, respectively.
  • the MT of node 4 that is, IAB MT 4 is connected to Donor DU1 and Donor DU2 through dual connections.
  • the F1AP message of IAB node 2 and the F1AP message of IAB node 4 are terminated at Donor CU1, that is, Donor CU1 is the terminating node (F1-terminating node) of the F1AP messages of IAB node 2 and IAB node 4.
  • the topology segment composed of IAB node 3 and host base station 2 is controlled by Donor CU 2, that is, Donor CU 2 can manage IAB node 3.
  • the topology segment composed of IAB node 4, IAB node 2, IAB node 1, and host base station 1 is controlled by Donor CU 1, that is, Donor CU 1 can manage IAB node 1, IAB node 2, and IAB node 4.
  • the F1AP message may also be referred to as an F1-C message.
  • an F1 interface can be established between the DU of the IAB node accessed by the terminal and the donor base station.
  • the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node 2 includes the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through the backhaul link (BL).
  • This dual connection mode is called redundant topology, and the corresponding transmission paths can be path 1 and path 2 as shown in the figure.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane can be transmitted through the backhaul link (BL) in the path 1, and the topology of the path 2 is the redundant topology of the IAB node 2 at this time.
  • the F1AP message may be transmitted through the backhaul link (BL) in path 2 through the F1 interface with the user plane, and the topology of path 1 is the redundant topology of IAB node 2 at this time.
  • This dual connection mode of the F1 interface can be called CP-UP non-separation based on redundant topology, and this mode can be realized based on the willingness of the IAB node itself.
  • the F1AP message is transmitted through the path 1, and the F1 interface data of the user plane is transmitted through the path 2.
  • the F1AP message is transmitted through the path 2, and the F1 interface data of the user plane is transmitted through the path 1.
  • This dual connection mode of the F1 interface can be called CP-UP separation based on redundant topology, and this mode can be configured by network devices in time-varying manner.
  • the termination node of the F1AP message transmitted through path 1 and/or the F1 interface data of the user plane is the same donor base station, and similarly, the termination node of the F1AP message transmitted through path 2 and/or the F1 interface data of the user plane are the same host base station.
  • the termination node is Donor CU1
  • the F1AP message and/or the F1 interface data of the user plane are finally transmitted to Donor CU1.
  • redundant topology described in the embodiment of the present application includes the above-mentioned two dual connectivity manners: CP-UP non-separation based on redundant topology and CP-UP separation based on redundant topology.
  • the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node 4 includes the transmission of the F1AP message through the air interface (that is, the RRC message), and the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link ( BL) transmission
  • this application may refer to this connection mode as CP-UP separation of non-redundant topology, and the corresponding transmission paths may be path 3 and path 4 as shown in the figure.
  • the F1AP message can be transmitted to Donor DU 2 through the air interface between IAB MT 4 and Donor DU 2 (that is, RRC message), and then transmitted to Donor CU 1 via Donor DU 2 (as shown in path 4 in Figure 11).
  • the F1 interface data of the user plane can be transmitted to Donor DU 1 through the backhaul link (BL) between IAB MT 4 and Donor DU 1, and then transmitted from Donor DU 1 to Donor CU1 (path 3 in Figure 11) .
  • end node of the user plane F1 interface data transmitted through path 3 and the F1AP message transmitted through path 4 are the same parent base station.
  • the terminal node determines the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node
  • the node's IAB host capability that is, whether it supports the host node of the IAB node
  • the dual connectivity mode that is, when the MN adds the SN for the IAB node
  • the node capability needs to be considered, or an appropriate dual connection mode should be selected based on the node capability of the SN.
  • the system information block 1 (system information block, SIB1) introduces the information element IAB-Support, if this field exists, it means that the base station supports IAB, and the base station is also regarded as a candidate base station for the IAB node. If this field does not exist, it means that the base station does not support IAB, and/or, the base station is prohibited from being used as an IAB node.
  • the terminal is UE and the base station is gNB as an example for description.
  • the MN that does not have the IAB host capability will also broadcast IAB-Support, but it cannot be the host node of the IAB node.
  • Forward the F1AP message to the SN with IAB donor capability (donor capable), and the F1 interface data (also called F1-U data) of the user plane can only be transmitted through the backhaul link between the IAB node and the SN.
  • the IAB hosting capability includes functions corresponding to the hosting base station described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • IAB-Support+non-donor capable indicating that gNB supports IAB, but does not have IAB host capability. Under this logic, gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface, but does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the backhaul link.
  • IAB-Support+donor capable indicating that gNB supports IAB and also has IAB host capability. Under this logic, gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the backhaul link, but does not necessarily support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface.
  • F1AP over NR RRC needs to enhance the Uu interface, that is, to support encapsulation of F1AP messages in RRC messages.
  • its air interface may support the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) through the air interface, or may not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC).
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and a communication device.
  • the base station can broadcast its own IAB host capability information to the outside, and the IAB node can access a suitable base station as the MN or SN of the IAB node according to the IAB host capability information of the base station. , and determine the dual connection mode matching the capability information of the MN and/or SN, which is beneficial to improve the stability of the communication between the IAB node and the terminal.
  • the present application can be applied to IAB networks, including independent networking (SA) IAB networks and non-standalone networking (NSA) IAB networks.
  • SA independent networking
  • NSA non-standalone networking
  • the IAB node can include the MT part and the DU part.
  • the host node of the IAB node can be further divided into two parts: Donor DU and Donor CU.
  • Donor CU can be further divided into two parts: Donor CU-CP and Donor CU-UP. .
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network architecture 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the IAB network architecture 900 includes UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, host node 1, host node 2, gNB and 5G core network (5GC).
  • UE User Equipment
  • IAB node 1 IAB node 2
  • host node 1 host node 2
  • gNB 5G core network
  • the F1 interface includes two parts: the control plane (F1-C) and the user plane (F1-U).
  • the control plane is the IAB DU and the Donor CU- It is maintained between CPs, and the user plane is maintained between IAB DU and Donor CU-UP.
  • the F1 interface is not shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the IAB node When the IAB node works in SA mode, the IAB node can be single-connected to one parent node, or dual-connected to two parent nodes, where the two parent nodes can be controlled by the same host node, or controlled by different host nodes . It is enough to establish an F1 interface between the DU part of the IAB node and a host node, and the host node with the F1 interface can be connected to the 5GC.
  • the Donor CU-CP is connected to the control plane network elements in the 5GC through the NG control plane interface (NG-C), such as the access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF).
  • Donor CU-UP is connected to user plane network elements in 5GC through NG user plane interface (NG-U), such as user plane function (UPF).
  • NG-C NG control plane interface
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the IAB node works in NSA mode, there is an NR-Uu interface between the gNB and the MT part of each node, and the NG interface can be established between the gNB and the 5GC (control plane interface NG-C and/or user plane interface NG-U) , the gNB and the host node can provide dual connectivity services for the IAB node, and the gNB can act as the primary base station of the IAB node or as the secondary base station of the IAB node.
  • 5GC control plane interface NG-C and/or user plane interface NG-U
  • IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of UE 1, and there are NR-Uu interfaces between UE 1, IAB node 1 and IAB node 2 and gNB
  • the host node 1 may serve as the MN, and the host node 2 may serve as the SN.
  • the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node 2 may be the above-mentioned redundant topology. Or host node 1 and host node 2 switch roles, and the dual connection method adopted by IAB node 2 is similar.
  • a gNB can serve as an MN, but does not have the IAB hosting capability, and the hosting node 1 can serve as an SN.
  • the dual connection mode of the IAB node 2 can be the above-mentioned CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1300 is applicable to the above-mentioned IAB network architecture 900 .
  • Method 1300 includes the steps of:
  • the first network device acquires capability information of at least one second network device.
  • the wireless backhaul node, at least one second network device or network management device sends capability information of the at least one second network device to the first network device, the capability information indicating whether it has the IAB host capability and/or whether it supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface , the first network device is a master node MN of a wireless backhaul node.
  • the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node, at least one second network device, or network management device.
  • the first network device selects a target second network device from the at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device.
  • At least one second network device is other network devices that are different from the first network device in the IAB network, and the MN can add SNs for wireless backhaul nodes in other network devices, and the capability information of the SNs Compatible with double connection mode.
  • the target second network device is the SN determined by the MN for the wireless backhaul node.
  • the wireless backhaul node in this step is the IAB node in the IAB network.
  • the wireless backhaul node may be the IAB node 2 .
  • the wireless backhaul node may also be referred to as an IAB node hereinafter.
  • the first network device configures the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the first network device may determine the secondary node of the wireless backhaul node (such as the IAB node) according to the acquired capability information of other network devices (such as the gNB). Based on the capability information, the first network device may determine to establish a dual-connection topology that matches the capability of the IAB host. For example, in the case where the MN or SN is the host node, the F1 interface of the IAB node adopts a dual connection mode based on CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology. For the case where the MN and SN are host nodes, the F1 interface of the IAB node adopts a redundant topology dual connection mode.
  • the dual-connection topology structure established in this way is conducive to improving the stability of the service communication between the IAB node and the terminal and the service experience of the terminal.
  • the host node 1 in the network architecture 900 takes the role of the MN, and the host node 2 takes the role of the SN, and the first network device is the host node 1 .
  • the first network device is the host node 2 .
  • the gNB in the network architecture 900 acts as the MN, and the host node 1 acts as the SN, and the first network device is the gNB.
  • the method 1300 further includes: the first network device receiving a measurement report of at least one second network device, where the measurement report includes signal quality between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device.
  • S1302 specifically includes: the first network device selects the target second network device from at least one second network device as the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of at least one second network device and the measurement report Sn.
  • the MN may also obtain a measurement report including the signal quality between at least one second network device and the wireless backhaul node.
  • the MN may obtain a wireless backhaul node from at least one second network device.
  • the transmission node selects the second network device with good communication quality as the SN of the IAB node, which is beneficial to improve the communication quality.
  • the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node; or, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the network management device ; Or, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from at least one second network device.
  • the wireless backhaul node, the network management device, or at least one second network device sends the capability information of the at least one second network device to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node.
  • the gNB broadcasts the capability information
  • the MT of the IAB node receives the capability information of the gNB, and sends the capability information of the neighboring cell/gNB of the MN to the MN, so that the MN can select an appropriate SN to provide services for the IAB node.
  • the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the network management device.
  • the network management device can pre-configure the support of IAB by gNBs in the network, that is, the network management device knows the capability information of each gNB in advance, and can send the capability information of each gNB's neighbor cell/gNB to each gNB in advance , in the case that the IAB node has connected to the MN, the MN can add the SN for the IAB node based on the information sent by the network management device.
  • the network management device may be an operation, administration and maintenance network element (operation, administration and maintenance, OAM).
  • the network management equipment may include an element management system (element management system, EMS) and a network management system (network management system, NMS).
  • EMS element management system
  • NMS network management system
  • the network management device may be a functional network element located in the 5G core network, or the network management device may also be a functional network element deployed in the backbone network behind the 5G core network, or the network management device may also be deployed in other locations.
  • the specific deployment location of the network management equipment is not limited.
  • the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from at least one second network device.
  • each gNB can exchange its own capability information, and in addition, each gNB can also exchange whether the Xn interface supports the transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages (F1AP over XnAP).
  • the MN can add the SN for the IAB node based on the capability information sent by the neighboring gNB and whether the corresponding Xn interface supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the XnAP message.
  • the MN when the MN selects the SN according to the above three implementation manners, it can also select the SN in combination with the capability information of the MN itself.
  • the process of determining the specific MN and SN will be described below.
  • whether the S1301 has the IAB hosting capability and/or whether it supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface can also have the following combination form:
  • the capability information indicates that the gNB does not have the IAB host capability (non-donor capable). Under this instruction, gNB cannot be the host node of the IAB node, but gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) through the air interface.
  • F1AP F1AP over NR RRC
  • the capability information indicates that the gNB has the IAB host capability, and the gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) through the air interface.
  • the gNB can act as the host node of the IAB node, and transmit F1AP messages through the backhaul link (that is, F1AP over BH or F1AP over BAP), or transmit F1AP messages through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC).
  • the capability information indicates that the gNB has the IAB host capability, and the gNB does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC). Under the instruction, the gNB can serve as the host node of the IAB node, and transmit the F1AP message through the backhaul link.
  • the capability information indicates that the gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) over the air interface.
  • the gNB does not have the IAB host capability (non-donor capable), or the gNB has the IAB host capability (donor capable), but the current IAB host capability of the gNB is closed or limited.
  • the Donor CU can control the Donor DU to enable the air interface capability or the IAB host capability.
  • the MN may also determine the SN in combination with the capability information of the MN, and the specific determination process is as follows.
  • Scenario 1 MN supports IAB, but does not have IAB host capability (IAB-Support+non-donor capable).
  • This scenario corresponds to the indication form of the first capability information above, that is, the MN cannot be the host node of the IAB node, but supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface.
  • the IAB uses dual connectivity, it can only use CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology, and the SN must have the IAB hosting capability and the SN is the terminal node of the F1AP message.
  • the topology structure is shown in Figure 14.
  • the IAB node 2 is the UE's access IAB node
  • the F1-C message (that is, the F1AP message) can be transmitted through the air interface between the IAB node 2 and the MN
  • the F1-U ( That is, the data of the user plane) can be transmitted through the backhaul link between the IAB node 2 and the Donor CU.
  • the MN can select an IAB node with the IAB hosting capability from at least one gNB according to the three implementation methods for obtaining capability information described above.
  • the gNB accesses as the SN, and then sends the F1AP message through the established master cell group (MCG) link and/or secondary cell group (SCG) link.
  • MCG master cell group
  • SCG secondary cell group
  • the form of sending the F1AP message includes the above-mentioned transmission through the backhaul link (F1AP over BH or F1AP over BAP), or transmission through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC).
  • Scenario 2 The MN supports IAB, and the MN has the IAB host capability, and does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (IAB-Support+donor capable+does not support F1AP over NR RRC).
  • This scenario corresponds to the third indication form of capability information above, that is, the MN can serve as the host node of the IAB node, but does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface.
  • the selection of SN and the selection of dual connection mode can be divided into the following scenarios:
  • Scenario 2a The MN selects a gNB that does not have the IAB host capability as the SN of the IAB node, and the SN supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface.
  • the MN is the terminal node of the F1AP message
  • the dual connection mode is CP-UP based on non-redundant topology Separated, the topology is shown in Figure 15.
  • IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of UE
  • F1-C message that is, F1AP message
  • F1-U that is, user plane data
  • Scenario 2b The MN selects a gNB that has the IAB host capability and does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node.
  • the dual connection mode is a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the terminal node of the IAB node.
  • the topology structure is shown in Figure 16 shown.
  • IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of UE 1
  • IAB node 4 is the access IAB node of UE 2.
  • the node shown in legend 1 in the figure is controlled by Donor CU 2, and other nodes are controlled by Donor CU 1 .
  • IAB node 1, IAB node 2, and IAB node 4 are controlled by Donor CU 1
  • node 3 is controlled by Donor CU 2
  • the F1-C message (ie, F1AP message) of IAB node 2 can pass through the IAB node Backhaul link transmission between 2 and Donor CU 1.
  • IAB node 1 is controlled by Donor CU 1
  • IAB node 2 IAB node 3 and IAB node 4 are controlled by Donor CU 2
  • the F1-C message (ie F1AP message) of IAB node 4 can pass through the IAB Backhaul link transmission between Node 4 and Donor CU 1.
  • the MN selects a gNB that has the IAB hosting capability and supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node.
  • the dual connection method can be CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology, and the MN is the terminal node of the F1AP message.
  • the topology is shown in Figure 15.
  • the dual connection mode can also be a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the termination node of the IAB node.
  • the topology structure is shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the MN supports IAB, and the MN has the IAB host capability, and supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (IAB-Support+donor capable+support F1AP over NR RRC).
  • This scenario corresponds to the above-mentioned second capability information indication form, that is, the MN can serve as the host node of the IAB node, and the MN supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface.
  • the selection of SN and the selection of dual connection mode can be divided into the following scenarios:
  • Scenario 3a The MN selects a gNB that does not have the IAB host capability as the SN of the IAB node, and the SN supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface. At this time, the MN is the terminal node of the F1AP message, and the dual connection mode is CP-UP based on non-redundant topology Separated, the topology is shown in Figure 15.
  • Scenario 3b The MN selects a gNB that has the IAB host capability and does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node.
  • the dual connection mode can be CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the SN of the F1AP message. Termination nodes, the topology is shown in Figure 14.
  • the dual connection mode can also be a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the terminal node of the F1AP message, and the topology structure is shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the MN selects a gNB that has the IAB host capability and supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node.
  • the dual connection mode can be CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology.
  • the topology structure is shown in Figure 14 or 12. Show.
  • the dual connection mode can also be a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the terminal node of the F1AP message, and the topology structure is shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the MN can instruct the SN to adopt the dual connection method for the IAB node.
  • the instruction method can be as follows: the MN instructs the SN to adopt a redundant topology for the IAB node 2, and use CP-UP based on a non-redundant topology for the IAB node 4 separate.
  • the MN can negotiate with the SN for the IAB node 2 the BAP routing configuration information and the quality of service (quality of service, QoS) of the topology segment controlled by the Donor CU 2, and the SN can consider that the MN indicates that the IAB node 2 adopts a redundant topology. If the MN and the SN do not negotiate configuration information for the IAB node 4, the SN may consider that the MN instructs the IAB node 4 to adopt CP-UP separation based on a non-redundant topology.
  • SN can formulate BAP routing configuration information for the topology segment controlled by Donor CU 2 for IAB node 2.
  • the SN maintains an RRC connection with the IAB MT4.
  • the IAB node can establish an F1 interface with the host node, and the F1AP message transmission form that can be used to establish the F1 interface includes through The air interface transmits F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) and transmits F1AP messages in the form of backhaul (F1AP over BAP).
  • F1AP F1AP over NR RRC
  • the network may indicate that the link used by the IAB node for F1AP message transmission is the MCG link and/or the SCG link.
  • the network management device may indicate the link used by the IAB node for F1AP message transmission.
  • the MN instructs the IAB MT to use the link for F1AP message transmission through an RRC message.
  • the SN indicates the link that the IAB MT is used for F1AP message transmission through the RRC message, or the SN sends the RRC message of the SN to the MN, and the MN encapsulates the RRC message of the SN in the RRC message of the MN (for example, in a container (container) form) to IAB MT.
  • the IAB node transmits the F1AP message on the corresponding link in the form of backhaul. If the indicated link does not include the default BH RLC channel, the IAB node transmits the F1AP message on the corresponding link in the form of transmitting the F1AP message through the RRC message.
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time. It can also be said that the default BH RLC channel is used by the IAB node to initiate the establishment request of the F1 interface. After the F1 interface is established, the IAB node can obtain channel configuration information used to transmit various service data.
  • the link for transmitting the F1AP message indicated by the above network may not include the default BH RLC channel configuration information.
  • the network may send the first indication information to the IAB node.
  • the first indication information indicates a dual connection mode of the F1 interface. That is, the first indication information may indicate the transmission form of the F1AP message.
  • the first indication information is default BH RLC channel configuration information.
  • it means that the network instructs the IAB node to transmit the F1AP message in the form of backhaul on the indicated link.
  • the IAB node selects the link that includes the default BH RLC channel configuration information, and sends the F1AP message on the corresponding link in the form of a return.
  • the IAB node 2 if the IAB node 2 receives the first indication information, the first indication information is the default BH RLC channel configuration information, and the donor base station 1 (MN) instructs the IAB node 2 to transmit the F1AP message on the MCG link , then the IAB node 2 can transmit the F1AP message in the form of backhaul on the indicated MCG link.
  • the donor base station 1 MN
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method 1700 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1700 includes:
  • the target second network device sends capability information of the target second network device, where the capability information indicates whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of an F1AP message through an air interface.
  • the wireless backhaul node or the first network device receives the capability information of the target second network device.
  • the wireless backhaul node sends access request information to the target second network device.
  • the target second network device receives the access request information from the wireless backhaul node, and the target second network device is the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the target second network device when the MN does not determine the SN, the target second network device sends capability information of the target second network device.
  • the MN may select an SN for a wireless backhaul node in at least one second network device, and after the wireless backhaul node accesses the target second network device, the target second network device may serve as a wireless backhaul node in the role of an SN Provide services.
  • S1701 includes: the target second network device sending capability information of the target second network device to the first network device.
  • the method 1700 also includes: the target second network device sending information to the first network device whether the Xn interface between the target second network device and the first network device supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the XnAP message.
  • S1701 includes: the target second network device broadcasts capability information of the target second network device.
  • the target second network device may also send the capability information to the outside in the form of broadcast or multicast, or send the capability information to the first network device in the form of unicast.
  • the target second network device sends second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface.
  • the second indication information is default BH RLC channel configuration information
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
  • the explanation of the second indication information is similar to that of the first indication information, and will not be repeated here.
  • the target second network device sends the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
  • the SN may send the second indication information to the MN, and the MN may encapsulate the second indication information as a container in an RRC message of the MN and send it to the wireless backhaul node.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 1800 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1800 includes:
  • the network device sends capability information of at least one network device to the wireless backhaul node, where the capability information is used to indicate whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of an F1AP message through an air interface.
  • the wireless backhaul node receives capability information of the at least one network device.
  • the wireless backhaul node accesses a first network device based on the capability information of the at least one network device, where the first network device is a master node MN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the wireless backhaul node, where the first configuration information is used to configure the target second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the wireless backhaul node receives the first configuration information.
  • the network device refers to the first network device that acts as the MN.
  • the network device sends second configuration information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second configuration information is used to configure the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the wireless backhaul node receives second configuration information.
  • the wireless backhaul node may select at least one network device to access the first network device as the MN of the wireless backhaul node, and access the target second network device as the wireless backhaul node according to the first configuration information.
  • the SN of the transmission node further configures the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node according to the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information may be configured by the first network device for the wireless backhaul node, or may be configured by the target second network device for the wireless backhaul node.
  • the second configuration information may be default BH RLC channel configuration information.
  • the IAB node 2 adopts the dual connection method of the redundant topology, assuming that the terminal node of the F1AP message is the host CU 1 (Donor CU 1), the uplink data packet of the IAB node 2 is transmitted to the host DU 2 (Donor DU 2) of the host base station 2 through the path 2 shown in Figure 11, and then transmitted to the Donor CU 1 by the Donor DU 2.
  • the downlink data packet of Donor CU 1 is transmitted to the host DU 2 (Donor DU 2) of the host base station 2 through the path 2 shown in Figure 11, and then transmitted to the IAB node 2 by the Donor DU 2.
  • the CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths.
  • the CU of the first network device transmits data to the DU of the second network device through the target path.
  • the CU of the first network device can choose a stable common target path for data transmission, which is conducive to improving the stability of IAB nodes and terminal data transmission sex.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a candidate path provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from Figure 19 that there may be three paths between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1 as shown in Figure 19.
  • Path 1 Donor CU 1 ⁇ Donor DU 2.
  • the data packet can add an outer layer Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) at Donor DU 2, and the destination IP address of the outer layer IP is Donor The IP address of CU 1, the source IP address is the IP address of Donor DU 2.
  • Donor CU 1 and Donor DU 2 can be routed and transmitted through the IP network, and the data packets transmitted between the two may need to pass through multiple IP routers.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • Path 2 Donor CU 1 ⁇ Donor CU 2 ⁇ Donor DU 2
  • the data packet can add an outer layer IP at Donor DU 2
  • the destination IP address of the outer layer IP is Donor CU 1
  • the source IP address is the IP address of Donor DU 2.
  • Donor CU 2 needs to remove the outer layer IP added by Donor-DU 2, and re-add the outer layer IP.
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of Donor CU 1
  • the source The IP address is the IP address of Donor CU 2, and then Donor CU 2 can send the data packet to Donor CU 1.
  • Path 3 Donor CU 1 ⁇ Donor DU 1 ⁇ Donor DU 2
  • data packets can be forwarded between Donor DU 1 and Donor DU 2 through static or dynamic tunnels, or through IP routing.
  • the data packet can add an outer layer IP at Donor DU 2
  • the destination IP address of the outer layer IP is the IP address of Donor DU 1
  • the source IP address is the IP address of Donor DU 2.
  • Donor DU 1 removes the outer IP
  • Donor DU 1 can directly route the data packet to Donor CU 1. No other changes are required between Donor CU 1 and Donor DU 1 under this path. The following describes how to specifically determine the target path.
  • Donor CU 1 or Donor DU 2 can judge whether the path of the underlying IP of the above three paths is normal or abnormal. Possible judging methods include testing the ping value, or judging based on ICMP.
  • Donor CU 1 or Donor DU 2 can select the target path according to the IP path conditions of the three paths.
  • the path conditions of the three paths include the following combinations:
  • path 1 For uplink transmission, if the source IP address of the data packet is in the whitelist of the IP filter (IP filter) of Donor DU 2 and the IP router between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1, path 1 is preferred. This is because compared to path 2, path 1 needs to add the outer IP once, while path 2 needs to add the outer IP twice, which is complicated to implement.
  • IP filter IP filter
  • path 2 is preferred. This is because if the source IP address of the data packet is in the blacklist of the IP filter of the IP router between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1, the transmitted IP data packet may be discarded, which will cause interruption of business data, Reduce the stability of data transmission.
  • the IP filter of the IP router can be referred to as the filtering unit of the IP router, which can discard IP data packets that are not recognized or not within the permitted range.
  • path 3 is preferred. This is because, compared with IP routing, tunnel transmission is beneficial to improve the stability of data transmission.
  • path 3 is preferred, and only the IP filter of the IP router between Donor DU 2 and Donor DU 1 can filter out the target data packet In this case, choose path 2.
  • path 2 is indirect data forwarding, which needs to add two outer IPs, which is complicated to implement, while path 3 only needs to add an outer IP at Donor DU 2 once, and the data transmission between Donor DU 1 and Donor CU 1 is the same as The original data packet processing method is the same, and it can be routed directly from Donor DU 1 to Donor CU 1.
  • path 3 is simple to implement.
  • path 1 and path 3 are preferred.
  • the selection of path 1 and path 3 can refer to the content corresponding to the above combination form 3, and will not be repeated here .
  • Donor CU 1 or Donor DU 2 can select an appropriate data transmission path, which is conducive to improving the stability of data transmission between IAB nodes and terminals.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the donor base station 1 includes a donor CU, namely Donor CU 1, and two donor DUs, namely Donor DU 1 and Donor DU 2.
  • Donor DU 1 is the source host DU
  • Donor DU 2 is the target host DU.
  • the data packets of the source host DU are switched from the link transmission of the source host DU to the link transmission of the target host DU.
  • the IAB node 2 can be connected from the source parent node (IAB node 1 in FIG. 20 ) to the target parent node (IAB node 3 in FIG. 20 ) after performing handover.
  • the IAB node 4 subordinate to the IAB node 2 and UE 1 and UE 2 can also follow the IAB node 2 to perform handover.
  • the IAB node 2 performing switching may be called a boundary IAB node (boundary IAB node), and the switching process of the above-mentioned IAB node may also be called a migration (migration) process of the IAB node, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the data packet from IAB node 2 is routed to Donor DU through BAP After 2, due to the IP routing between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1, the corresponding data packet will remove the original BAP data packet header, and the source IP address of the remaining IP data packet is the IP of IAB node 2 or IAB node 4 address, if the IP filter of Donor DU 2 cannot identify the source IP address of the data packet, then the IP filter will filter the corresponding data packet when the IP filtering function is enabled, so that the IP filter from UE 1 or UE 2 The data packets cannot reach Donor CU 1, resulting in the loss of data packets and reducing the reliability of transmission.
  • the border node can Instructions are added to the BAP header.
  • the indication information indicates that the data packet is a redirected packet (or a rerouted packet).
  • the indication information instructs Donor DU 2 to keep the data packet, that is, not to perform filtering operation on the data packet.
  • Donor DU 2 After Donor DU 2 receives the data packet that adds the indication information, it can obtain the indication information in the BAP header, so that even if the IP filter of Donor DU 2 cannot recognize the source IP address of the data packet, it can also use the indication information
  • the data packet is normally transmitted, which is conducive to improving the reliability of data transmission.
  • the correct destination BAP address is also required. Since the destination BAP address in the BAP header of the original data packet is the BAP address of Donor DU 1, if you want the original data packet to be transmitted to Donor DU 2 through IAB node 3, you need the border node IAB node 2 to rewrite the BAP address in the original data packet Header BAP routing identification (BAP routing identification, BAP routing ID), change the destination BAP address to the BAP address of Donor DU 2, so that the original data packet can be transmitted to Donor DU 2 normally, and then Donor DU 2 can be displayed in Figure 19 Data transmission occurs on path 1 or path 3 as shown. The specific path determination and data transmission process have been described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2100 includes: an acquisition module 2110 and a processing module 2120 .
  • the acquiring module 2110 is configured to: acquire capability information of at least one second network device, the capability information indicates whether it has the IAB host capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface, and the first network device is a wireless backhaul node Master node MN.
  • the processing module 2120 is configured to: select a target second network device from at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device, and configure the wireless backhaul node The dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
  • the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
  • the transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device.
  • the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
  • the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the device or the target second network device.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, where the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node, the device, and the target second network device.
  • the obtaining module 2110 is configured to: receive capability information of at least one second network device from at least one second network device.
  • the processing module 2120 is configured to: determine whether the Xn interface supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages, and, according to the capability information of at least one second network device and whether the Xn interface supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages, from at least one first The second network device selects the target second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the obtaining module 2110 is configured to: receive capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node; or receive capability information of at least one second network device from a network management device.
  • the acquiring module 2110 is configured to: receive a measurement report of at least one second network device, where the measurement report includes the signal quality between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device.
  • the processing module 2120 is configured to: select the target second network device from at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device and the measurement report.
  • the apparatus 2100 further includes a sending module 2130, configured to send first indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the first indication information indicates the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
  • a sending module 2130 configured to send first indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the first indication information indicates the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
  • the first indication information is default BH RLC channel configuration information
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
  • the sending module 2130 is configured to: send the first indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the target second network device.
  • the sending module 2130 is configured to: broadcast the capability information of the first network device.
  • the acquiring module 2110 is configured to: receive access request information from the wireless backhaul node.
  • the apparatus 2100 may specifically be the first network device in the foregoing embodiments, or the functions of the first network device in the foregoing embodiments may be integrated in the apparatus 2100 .
  • the above functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the acquisition module 2110 may be a communication interface, such as a transceiver interface.
  • the apparatus 2100 may be configured to execute various processes and/or steps corresponding to the first network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic block diagram of another communication device 2200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2200 includes: a sending module 2210 and a receiving module 2220 .
  • the sending module 2210 is configured to: send capability information, the capability information indicates whether it has the IAB host capability and/or supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface.
  • the receiving module 2220 is configured to: receive access request information from the wireless backhaul node.
  • the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
  • the transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device.
  • the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
  • the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the device or the target second network device.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, where the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node, the device, and the target second network device.
  • the sending module 2210 is configured to: send capability information to the first network device, and send whether the Xn interface supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages.
  • the sending module 2210 is configured to: broadcast capability information.
  • the sending module 2210 is configured to: send second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
  • the second indication information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
  • the sending module 2210 is configured to: send the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
  • the apparatus 2200 may specifically be the target second network device in the above embodiment, or the function of the target second network device in the above embodiment may be integrated in the apparatus 2200 .
  • the above functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the above-mentioned sending module 2210 may be a communication interface, such as a transceiver interface.
  • Apparatus 2200 may be configured to execute various processes and/or steps corresponding to the target second network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 23 shows a schematic block diagram of another communication device 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2300 includes: an acquisition module 2310 and a processing module 2220.
  • the acquiring module 2310 is configured to: acquire capability information of at least one network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through an air interface.
  • the processing module 2220 is configured to: access the first network device based on the capability information of at least one network device.
  • the acquiring module 2310 is also configured to: receive first configuration information and second configuration information.
  • the dual connection manner includes transmitting the F1AP message through an air interface and transmitting F1 interface data of the user plane through a backhaul link.
  • the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is a backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node, the first network device, and the target second network device road.
  • the second configuration information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information
  • the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used for sending the F1AP message for the first time.
  • the apparatus 2300 further includes a sending module 2330, configured to send the F1AP message through the backhaul link between the apparatus and the first network device or the target second network device.
  • a sending module 2330 configured to send the F1AP message through the backhaul link between the apparatus and the first network device or the target second network device.
  • the apparatus 2300 may specifically be the wireless backhaul node in the above embodiment, or the functions of the wireless backhaul node in the above embodiment may be integrated in the apparatus 2300 .
  • the above functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the acquisition module 2310 may be a communication interface, such as a transceiver interface.
  • the apparatus 2300 may be configured to execute various processes and/or steps corresponding to the wireless backhaul node in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • module here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor, etc.) and memory, incorporated logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processor such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor, etc.
  • memory incorporated logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • the device 2100, the device 2200 and the device 2300 may also be a chip or a chip system, for example: a system on chip (system on chip, SoC).
  • the acquisition module 2310 may be a transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission device 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 2400 includes a processor 2410 , a transceiver 2420 and a memory 2430 .
  • the processor 2410, the transceiver 2420 and the memory 2430 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, the memory 2430 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2410 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2430 to control the transceiver 2420 to send signals and /or to receive a signal.
  • the apparatus 2400 may specifically be the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node in the foregoing embodiments, or the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node in the foregoing embodiments
  • the function of the device may be integrated in the apparatus 2400, and the apparatus 2400 may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory 2430 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory may also store device type information.
  • the processor 2410 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions, the processor 2410 may execute the communication with the first network device, the target second network device, or the wireless backhaul node in the above method embodiments. corresponding steps and/or processes.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) , Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
  • modules and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple modules or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network modules. Part or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional module in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing module, each module may exist separately physically, or two or more modules may be integrated into one module.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software function modules and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication apparatus, capable of determining a dual connectivity mode of an F1 interface and improving the stability of service communication. The method comprises: a first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from a wireless backhaul node, the at least one second network device, or a network management device, wherein the capability information indicates whether the device has an IAB host capability and/or whether the device supports transmission of an F1AP message by means of an air interface, and the first network device is a master base station of the wireless backhaul node; the first network device determines a target second network device as a secondary base station of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device; and the first network device configures the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the first network device and the target network device.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2021年08月04日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110892477.5、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110892477.5 and the application title "Communication Method and Communication Device" filed with the China Patent Office on August 4, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域，更具体地，涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
考虑到高频载波频率资源丰富，在热点区域，为满足未来通信的超高容量需求，利用高频小站进行组网愈发流行。但高频载波受遮挡衰减严重，覆盖范围不广，故而需要大量密集部署的高频小站，而通过光纤为这些大量密集部署的高频小站提供回传(backhaul，BH)的代价高，施工难度大，因此需要更加经济便捷的回传方案。此外，在一些偏远地区提供网络覆盖时，光纤的部署难度大，成本高，因此也需要设计灵活便利的回传方案。无线回传设备为解决上述问题提供了思路。无线回传设备的接入链路(access link，AL)和回传链路(backhaul link，BL)皆采用无线传输方案，从而可以减少光纤部署。无线回传设备可以是中继节点(relay node，RN)，例如接入回传一体化(integrated access backhaul，IAB)节点。Considering the abundance of high-frequency carrier frequency resources, in hotspot areas, in order to meet the ultra-high capacity requirements of future communications, the use of high-frequency small cells for networking is becoming more and more popular. However, the high-frequency carrier is seriously attenuated by occlusion and the coverage area is not wide, so a large number of densely deployed high-frequency small stations are required, and the cost of providing backhaul (BH) for these large numbers of densely deployed high-frequency small stations through optical fibers is high. The construction is difficult, so a more economical and convenient backhaul solution is required. In addition, when providing network coverage in some remote areas, the deployment of optical fibers is difficult and costly, so it is also necessary to design a flexible and convenient backhaul solution. Wireless backhaul equipment provides an idea to solve the above problems. Both the access link (AL) and the backhaul link (BL) of the wireless backhaul equipment adopt wireless transmission solutions, which can reduce fiber deployment. The wireless backhaul device may be a relay node (relay node, RN), for example, an integrated access backhaul (integrated access backhaul, IAB) node.
无线回传设备可以通过无线回传链路向宿主节点回传终端的数据包，也可以通过无线接入链路向终端发送来自宿主节点的数据包。由一个或者多个无线回传设备构成的通信网络可以称之为无线回传网络或者中继网络。通常一个中继节点只会连接到一个宿主节点，然而随着中继网络的演进，出现了一个中继节点连接到多个宿主节点的通信场景。The wireless backhaul device can return the data packet of the terminal to the host node through the wireless backhaul link, and can also send the data packet from the host node to the terminal through the wireless access link. A communication network composed of one or more wireless backhaul devices may be called a wireless backhaul network or a relay network. Usually, a relay node will only be connected to one host node. However, with the evolution of the relay network, a communication scenario in which a relay node is connected to multiple host nodes appears.
中继节点经宿主节点连接到核心网，例如，在独立组网(standalone，SA)的第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile communication technology，5G)架构下，中继节点经宿主节点连接到5G核心网(5G core，5GC)。在双连接(dual connectivity，DC)或者多连接(multi-connectivity，MC)的5G架构下(例如：非独立组网(non-standalone，NSA)或者NR-DC场景等)，主路径上，中继节点可以经演进型基站(evolved NodeB，eNB)连接到演进分组核心网(evolved packet core，EPC)，也可以经宿主节点连接到5G核心网。The relay node is connected to the core network through the host node. For example, under the 5th generation mobile communication technology (5G) architecture of the standalone network (standalone, SA), the relay node is connected to the 5G network through the host node. Core network (5G core, 5GC). Under the 5G architecture of dual connectivity (DC) or multi-connectivity (MC) (for example: non-standalone (NSA) or NR-DC scenarios, etc.), on the main path, the middle The relay node can be connected to the evolved packet core network (evolved packet core, EPC) through the evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), or connected to the 5G core network through the host node.
当前IAB网络中F1接口的双连接架构所依赖的拓扑可以包括冗余拓扑(topology redundancy)和非冗余拓扑。目前，控制面消息(F1-C)的终结节点，如宿主节点，如何确定采用哪种F1接口的双连接方式是一个亟待解决的问题。The topology on which the dual connection architecture of the F1 interface in the current IAB network depends may include redundant topology (topology redundancy) and non-redundant topology. At present, it is an urgent problem to be solved how to determine which F1-interface dual-connection mode is adopted by the terminal node of the control plane message (F1-C), such as the host node.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法和通信装置，可以确定采用哪种F1接口的双连接方式，从而提高IAB节点与终端的业务通信的稳定性。The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which can determine which dual connection mode of the F1 interface is adopted, thereby improving the stability of service communication between the IAB node and the terminal.
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应 用协议(application protocol，F1AP)消息，该第一网络设备为无线回传节点的主节点(master node，MN)。该第一网络设备根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为该无线回传节点的辅节点(secondary node，SN)。该第一网络设备配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a first network device acquires capability information of at least one second network device, and the capability information indicates whether it has an IAB host capability and/or supports transmission of an F1 interface application protocol ( application protocol, F1AP) message, the first network device is the master node (master node, MN) of the wireless backhaul node. The first network device selects a target second network device from at least one second network device as a secondary node (secondary node, SN) of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device. The first network device configures the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
在本申请实施例中，第一网络设备可以根据获取的网络设备的能力信息确定配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式，这样有利于提高IAB节点与终端的业务通信的稳定性，提高终端的服务体验。In the embodiment of the present application, the first network device can determine the dual connection mode for configuring the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node according to the acquired capability information of the network device, which is beneficial to improve the stability of the business communication between the IAB node and the terminal, Improve terminal service experience.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，F1接口的双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
在本申请实施例中，对于基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离的双连接方式，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据可以通过不同的路径传输，有利于提高数据传输速率。In the embodiment of the present application, for the CP-UP separation dual connectivity mode based on the non-redundant topology, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane can be transmitted through different paths, which is beneficial to improve the data transmission rate.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备之间的空口传输至该目标第二网络设备。或者，该F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该目标第二网络设备之间的空口传输至该第一网络设备。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the transmission of the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device . Or, the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
在本申请实施例中，对于宿主节点作为SN角色且F1AP消息的终结节点是SN的非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，F1AP消息可以通过无线回传节点与MN之间的空口传输至SN。对于宿主节点是MN且终结节点是MN的非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，F1AP消息可以通过无线回传节点与SN之间的空口传输至MN。In this embodiment of the application, for CP-UP separation in a non-redundant topology where the host node acts as the SN and the termination node of the F1AP message is the SN, the F1AP message can be transmitted to the SN through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the MN. For CP-UP separation in a non-redundant topology where the host node is the MN and the termination node is the MN, the F1AP message can be transmitted to the MN through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the SN.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，回传链路为所述无线回传节点与所述第一网络设备或所述目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，该回传链路为该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备和该目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。可以理解为，在这种F1接口双连接架构下，无线回传节点即可以通过与该第一网络设备之间的回传链路传输F1AP消息，和/或，用户面的F1接口数据；无线回传节点也可以通过与该第二网络设备之间的回传链路传输F1AP消息，和/或，用户面的F1接口数据。该无线回传节点具体通过哪个回链路传输哪个F1接口的信息(F1AP消息或者用户面的F1接口数据)，可以是由该无线回传节点自行确定，也可以是由网络设备进行配置或更新。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and The communication link between the target second network device. It can be understood that, under this F1 interface dual connection architecture, the wireless backhaul node can transmit F1AP messages through the backhaul link with the first network device, and/or F1 interface data on the user plane; The backhaul node may also transmit the F1AP message and/or F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link with the second network device. Which backlink the wireless backhaul node transmits which F1 interface information (F1AP message or F1 interface data on the user plane) can be determined by the wireless backhaul node itself, or can be configured or updated by the network device .
在本申请实施例中，第一网络设备和目标第二网络设备为无线回传节点的宿主节点，无线回传节点的F1接口可以采用冗余拓扑的双连接方式，这种方式下，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据可以通过无线回传节点与第一网络设备和目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路传输。这样的双连接方式有利于提高数据传输的稳定性。In this embodiment of the application, the first network device and the target second network device are the host nodes of the wireless backhaul node, and the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node can adopt a redundant topology dual connection mode. In this mode, the F1AP message The F1 interface data with the user plane may be transmitted through the backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and the target second network device. Such a dual connection mode is conducive to improving the stability of data transmission.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：第一网络设备接收来自至少一个第二网络设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first network device acquiring capability information of at least one second network device includes: the first network device receives at least one second network device from at least one second network device Capability information of network devices.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络设备确定该第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间的Xn接口是否支持通过Xn接口应用协议XnAP消息传输F1AP消息。第一网络设备根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为无线回传节点的辅节点SN，包括：第一网络设备根据 至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为无线回传节点的SN。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first network device determines whether the Xn interface between the first network device and at least one second network device supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the Xn interface application protocol XnAP message . According to the capability information of at least one second network device, the first network device selects the target second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node from at least one second network device, including: The capability information of the network device and whether the Xn interface supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the XnAP message, and select the target second network device from at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node.
在本申请实施例中，若第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备交互能力信息，则还需要交互Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息，这样有利于F1AP消息传输的稳定性。In this embodiment of the present application, if the first network device exchanges capability information with at least one second network device, it is also necessary to exchange whether the Xn interface supports the transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages, which is conducive to the stability of F1AP message transmission.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：该第一网络设备接收来自该无线回传节点的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息；或者，该第一网络设备接收来自网管设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the obtaining capability information of at least one second network device by the first network device includes: the first network device receiving at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node Capability information of the network device; or, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the network management device.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络设备接收至少一个第二网络设备的测量报告，该测量报告包括该无线回传节点与至少一个第二网络设备之间的信号质量。第一网络设备根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为无线回传节点的辅节点SN，包括：第一网络设备根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及该测量报告，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择该目标第二网络设备作为该无线回传节点的SN。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first network device receives a measurement report of at least one second network device, where the measurement report includes a measurement report between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device Signal quality. According to the capability information of at least one second network device, the first network device selects the target second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node from at least one second network device, including: Based on the capability information of the network device and the measurement report, the target second network device is selected from at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一网络设备配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式，包括：该第一网络设备向该无线回传节点发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息指示该F1接口的双连接方式。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first network device configuring the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node includes: the first network device sends the first network device to the wireless backhaul node One indication information, the first indication information indicates the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息为默认回传无线链路控制(default backhaul radio link control，default BH RLC)信道配置信息。该默认BH RLC信道为该无线回传节点首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first indication information is default backhaul radio link control (default BH RLC) channel configuration information. The default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
在本申请实施例中，第一网络设备可以为无线回传节点指示传输F1AP采用的形式，即通过回传链路传输还是通过空口传输。In this embodiment of the present application, the first network device may instruct the wireless backhaul node to transmit the F1AP in a form, that is, through the backhaul link or through the air interface.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一网络设备通过该目标第二网络设备向该无线回传节点发送该第一指示信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first network device sends the first indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the target second network device.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一网络设备广播该第一网络设备的能力信息。该第一网络设备接收来自该无线回传节点的接入请求信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first network device broadcasts capability information of the first network device. The first network device receives access request information from the wireless backhaul node.
在本申请实施例中，第一网络设备对外广播第一网络设备的能力信息，这样无线回传节点可以感知该第一网络设备对IAB宿主能力的支持情况，有利于无线回传节点接入合适的网络设备作为MN。In this embodiment of the present application, the first network device broadcasts the capability information of the first network device to the outside world, so that the wireless backhaul node can perceive the support of the first network device for the IAB host capability, which is beneficial for the wireless backhaul node to access the appropriate The network device on the network serves as the MN.
第二方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：目标第二网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。该目标第二网络设备接收来自无线回传节点的接入请求信息，该目标第二网络设备为该无线回传节点的辅节点SN。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a target second network device sends capability information of the target second network device, where the capability information indicates whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through an air interface. The target second network device receives the access request information from the wireless backhaul node, and the target second network device is a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
在本申请实施例中，目标第二网络设备为MN为无线回传节点添加的与双连接方式相匹配的SN，这样有利于提高IAB节点与终端的业务通信的稳定性，提高终端的服务体验。In the embodiment of this application, the target second network device is the SN added by the MN for the wireless backhaul node that matches the dual connection mode, which is conducive to improving the stability of the business communication between the IAB node and the terminal, and improving the service experience of the terminal .
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，F1接口的双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备之间的空口传输至该目标第二网络设备。或者， 该F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该目标第二网络设备之间的空口传输至该第一网络设备。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the transmission of the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device . Or, the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该回传链路为该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备或该目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the backhaul link is a backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，该回传链路为该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备和该目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and The communication link between the target second network device.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该目标第二网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：该目标第二网络设备向该第一网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备的能力信息。该方法还包括：该目标第二网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备与该第一网络设备之间的Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the sending the capability information of the target second network device by the target second network device includes: the target second network device sending the target Capability information of the second network device. The method further includes: the target second network device sending whether the Xn interface between the target second network device and the first network device supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该目标第二网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：该目标第二网络设备广播该目标第二网络设备的能力信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the sending of the capability information of the target second network device by the target second network device includes: the target second network device broadcasting the capability of the target second network device information.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该目标第二网络设备向该无线回传节点发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该F1接口的双连接方式。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the target second network device sends second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第二指示信息包括默认BH RLC信道配置信息。该默认BH RLC信道为该无线回传节点首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second indication information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information. The default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该目标第二网络设备通过该第一网络设备向该无线回传节点发送该第二指示信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the target second network device sends the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：无线回传节点获取至少一个网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息用于指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。该无线回传节点基于至少一个网络设备的能力信息，接入第一网络设备，该第一网络设备为该无线回传节点的主节点MN。该无线回传节点接收第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置目标第二网络设备为该无线回传节点的辅节点SN。该无线回传节点接收第二配置信息，该第二配置信息用于配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a wireless backhaul node acquires capability information of at least one network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through an air interface. The wireless backhaul node accesses the first network device based on the capability information of at least one network device, and the first network device is the master node MN of the wireless backhaul node. The wireless backhaul node receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a target second network device as a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node. The wireless backhaul node receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
在本申请实施例中，无线回传节点可以根据获取的网络设备的能力信息确定MN和SN，该MN和/或SN具备IAB宿主能力，并根据第二配置信息为F1接口配置与宿主节点的能力信息相匹配的双连接方式，这样有利于提高IAB节点与终端的业务通信的稳定性，提高终端的服务体验。In the embodiment of the present application, the wireless backhaul node can determine the MN and SN according to the acquired capability information of the network device, the MN and/or SN have the IAB host capability, and configure the F1 interface with the host node according to the second configuration information The dual connection mode that matches the capability information is beneficial to improve the stability of the service communication between the IAB node and the terminal, and improve the service experience of the terminal.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，双连接方式包括该F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the dual connectivity manner includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，该回传链路为该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备和该目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and The backhaul link between the target second network device.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第二配置信息包括默认BH RLC信道配置信息。该默认BH RLC信道为该无线回传节点首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the second configuration information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information. The default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，无线回传节点通过该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备或该目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路发送F1AP消息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the wireless backhaul node sends the F1AP message through the backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：第一网络设备的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)从多条候选路径中确定该第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)之间的目标路径。该第一网络设备的CU通过该目标路径向该第二网络设备的DU传输数据。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) of a first network device determines from multiple candidate paths that the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit of the second network device (distributed unit, DU) between the target path. The CU of the first network device transmits data to the DU of the second network device through the target path.
在本申请实施例中，对于冗余拓扑下第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的DU之间的路径选择，第一网络设备的CU可以从多条候选路径中确定出实现简单的目标路径，有利于减少数据包的丢失，提高数据传输的可靠性。本申请实施例是以第一网络设备的CU确定目标路径为例，此外，还可以是第二网络设备的DU确定目标路径进行数据传输，本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, for the path selection between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device under the redundant topology, the CU of the first network device can determine from multiple candidate paths to achieve the simple goal The path is beneficial to reduce the loss of data packets and improve the reliability of data transmission. In this embodiment of the present application, the CU of the first network device determines the target path as an example. In addition, the DU of the second network device may also determine the target path for data transmission, which is not limited in the present application.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，多条候选路径包括下列至少一种:路径1：该第一网络设备的CU通过互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)网络至该第二网络设备的DU。或者，路径2：该第一网络设备的CU经过该第二网络设备的CU至该第二网络设备的DU。或者，路径3：该第一网络设备的CU经过该第一网络设备的DU至该第二网络设备的DU。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the multiple candidate paths include at least one of the following: path 1: the CU of the first network device connects to the second network device through an Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) network DU of the network device. Or, path 2: the CU of the first network device passes through the CU of the second network device to the DU of the second network device. Or, path 3: the CU of the first network device passes through the DU of the first network device to the DU of the second network device.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，路径1和路径2的IP通路正常，路径3的IP通路异常。该第一网络设备的CU从多条候选路径中确定该第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的DU之间的目标路径，包括：若待传输数据包的源IP地址在该第一网络设备的CU至该第二网络设备的DU之间的IP路由器的过滤单元的白名单内，或者，该第一网络设备的CU至该第二网络设备的DU之间的IP路由器未启动该过滤单元，则该第一网络设备的CU确定路径1为该目标路径。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the IP paths of path 1 and path 2 are normal, and the IP path of path 3 is abnormal. The CU of the first network device determines the target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: if the source IP address of the data packet to be transmitted is in the first network The filtering unit of the IP router between the CU of the device and the DU of the second network device is in the white list, or the IP router between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device does not start the filtering unit, the CU of the first network device determines that path 1 is the target path.
在本申请实施例中，以上行传输为例，由于路径2需要在第二网络设备的DU处添加一次外层IP，在第二网络设备的CU处添加一次外层IP，这样实现复杂，而路径1只需在第二网络设备的DU处添加一次外层IP，便于实现，因此选择路径1为目标路径传输数据。In the embodiment of the present application, taking uplink transmission as an example, because path 2 needs to add an outer layer IP once at the DU of the second network device, and add an outer layer IP once at the CU of the second network device, this implementation is complicated, and Path 1 only needs to add an outer layer IP at the DU of the second network device once, which is easy to implement, so path 1 is selected as the target path to transmit data.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，路径1和路径3的IP通路正常，路径2的IP通路异常。该第一网络设备的CU从多条候选路径中确定该第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的DU之间的目标路径，包括：若该第一网络设备的DU与该第二网络设备的DU之间存在隧道，则该第一网络设备的CU确定路径3为该目标路径。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the IP paths of path 1 and path 3 are normal, and the IP path of path 2 is abnormal. The CU of the first network device determines the target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: if the DU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device If a tunnel exists between the DUs of the first network device, the CU of the first network device determines that path 3 is the target path.
在本申请实施例中，由于隧道传输相较于IP网络传输更加稳定，因此在第一网络设备的DU与第二网络设备的DU之间存在隧道的情况下，选择路径3为目标路径传输数据。In the embodiment of this application, since tunnel transmission is more stable than IP network transmission, when there is a tunnel between the DU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device, path 3 is selected as the target path for data transmission .
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，路径1和路径3的IP通路正常，路径2的IP通路异常。该第一网络设备的CU从多条候选路径中确定该第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的DU之间的目标路径，包括：若该第一网络设备的DU与该第二网络设备的DU之间采用IP网络，则第一网络设备的CU确定路径1或所述路径3为该目标路径。在本申请实施例中，路径1和路径3的选择基于基站实现。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the IP paths of path 1 and path 3 are normal, and the IP path of path 2 is abnormal. The CU of the first network device determines the target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: if the DU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device If an IP network is used between the DUs, the CU of the first network device determines that path 1 or path 3 is the target path. In the embodiment of the present application, the selection of path 1 and path 3 is implemented based on the base station.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，路径2和路径3的IP通路正常，路径1的IP通路异常；该第一网络设备的CU从多条候选路径中确定该第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的DU之间的目标路径，包括：该第一网络设备的CU确定路径3为该目标路径。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the IP paths of path 2 and path 3 are normal, and the IP path of path 1 is abnormal; the CU of the first network device determines the first The target path between the CU of the network device and the DU of the second network device includes: the CU of the first network device determines that path 3 is the target path.
在本申请实施例中，由于路径2实现复杂，而路径3中第一网络设备的DU 1至第一网络设备的CU 1之间的数据传输与原始的数据包处理方法一致，实现简单，因此选择路 径3为目标路径传输数据。In the embodiment of the present application, since path 2 is complex to implement, and the data transmission between DU 1 of the first network device and CU 1 of the first network device in path 3 is consistent with the original data packet processing method, the implementation is simple, so Select path 3 as the target path to transfer data.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，路径1、路径2以及路径3的IP通路正常。该第一网络设备的CU从多条候选路径中确定该第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的DU之间的目标路径，包括：该第一网络设备的CU确定路径1或路径3为该目标路径。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the IP paths of path 1, path 2, and path 3 are normal. The CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including: the CU of the first network device determines that path 1 or path 3 is The target path.
在本申请实施例中，三条候选路径的IP通路正常，则优先选择路径1和路径3，由于这两条路径实现简单，因此可以在路径1和路径3中确定目标路径。In the embodiment of the present application, if the IP paths of the three candidate paths are normal, path 1 and path 3 are preferred. Since these two paths are easy to implement, the target path can be determined in path 1 and path 3.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一网络设备的CU通过测试ping值或者是基于国际报文控制协议(internet control message protocol，ICMP)确定多条候选路径的IP通路正常或者异常。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the CU of the first network device determines how many The IP paths of the candidate paths are normal or abnormal.
在本申请实施例中，该第一网络设备在确定目标路径之前，首先需要测试每条候选路径的IP通路情况，这样可以排除IP通路异常的候选路径，有利于数据传输的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, before determining the target path, the first network device first needs to test the IP path condition of each candidate path, so that the candidate paths with abnormal IP paths can be eliminated, which is beneficial to the reliability of data transmission.
第五方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：用于执行上述任一方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述任一方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法的模块。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: configured to execute the method in any possible implementation manner in any one of the foregoing aspects. Specifically, the apparatus includes a module for executing the method in any possible implementation manner in any of the foregoing aspects.
在一种设计中，该装置可以包括执行上述各个方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块，该模块可以是硬件电路，也可是软件，也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。In one design, the device may include modules corresponding to one-to-one execution of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the above aspects. The modules may be hardware circuits, software, or a combination of hardware circuits and software. accomplish.
在另一种设计中，该装置为通信芯片，通信芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口，以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。In another design, the device is a communication chip, and the communication chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
在另一种设计中，该装置为通信设备，通信设备可以包括用于发送信息或数据的发射机，以及用于接收信息或数据的接收机。In another design, the apparatus is a communications device, which may include a transmitter for sending information or data, and a receiver for receiving information or data.
在另一种设计中，该装置用于执行上述各个方面或各个方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法，该装置可以配置在上述第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备或无线回传节点中，或者该装置本身即为上述第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备或无线回传节点。In another design, the apparatus is configured to execute the method in any of the foregoing aspects or any possible implementation manners of the various aspects, and the apparatus may be configured in the foregoing first network device, the target second network device, or a wireless backhaul node, Or the device itself is the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node.
第六方面，提供了另一种通信装置，包括，处理器，存储器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该装置执行上述任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, another communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device performs any of the above-mentioned aspects. A method in any of the possible implementations.
可选地，所述处理器为一个或多个，所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地，所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起，或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be set separately from the processor.
可选地，该装置为通信设备，该通信设备还包括，发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)，发射机和接收机可以分离设置，也可以集成在一起，称为收发机(收发器)。Optionally, the device is a communication device, and the communication device also includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver). The transmitter and the receiver can be set separately or integrated together, called a transceiver ( transceiver).
第七方面，提供了一种处理器，包括：输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。处理电路用于通过输入电路接收信号，并通过输出电路发射信号，使得处理器执行上述任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit, and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any possible implementation manner in any of the foregoing aspects.
在具体实现过程中，上述处理器可以为芯片，输入电路可以为输入管脚，输出电路可以为输出管脚，处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的，输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的，且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路，该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电 路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor can be a chip, the input circuit can be an input pin, the output circuit can be an output pin, and the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver, the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output The circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第八方面，提供了一种通信***，包括：用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能实现的方法的装置，用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能实现的方法的装置，以及用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能实现的方法的装置。In an eighth aspect, there is provided a communication system, including: a device for realizing the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the methods that may be realized in the first aspect, and for realizing the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the second aspect An apparatus for a possible implementation of the method, and an apparatus for implementing the third aspect or any one of the possible implementation methods of the third aspect.
在一个可能的设计中，该通信***还可以包括本申请实施例所提供的方案中与第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备和/或无线回传节点进行交互的其他设备。In a possible design, the communication system may further include other devices that interact with the first network device, the target second network device and/or the wireless backhaul node in the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
第九方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当所述计算机程序被运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or an instruction), which, when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to perform any of the above-mentioned aspects. A method in one possible implementation.
第十方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to perform any of the above-mentioned aspects. A method in one possible implementation.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是一种IAB网络通信***的示意图；Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network communication system;
图2是一种IAB网络中的控制面协议栈的示意图；Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in an IAB network;
图3是一种IAB网络中的用户面协议栈的示意图；Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in an IAB network;
图4是一种通信场景的示意图；FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario;
图5是一种双连接通信场景的示意图；FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a dual connection communication scenario;
图6是一种通信架构的示意图；Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication architecture;
图7是一种通信场景A的示意图；FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario A;
图8是一种通信场景B的示意图；FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario B;
图9是一种通信场景C的示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario C;
图10是一种通信场景D的示意图；FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario D;
图11是另一种通信架构的示意图；Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another communication architecture;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种IAB网络架构的示意图；FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图；FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种拓扑结构的示意图；FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a topology provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的另一种拓扑结构的示意图；Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的再一种拓扑结构的示意图；Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图；Fig. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的再一种通信方法的示意性流程图；FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种候选路径的示意图；FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a candidate path provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请实施例提供的又一种拓扑结构的示意图；FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意性框图；Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的示意性框图；Fig. 22 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图23是本申请实施例提供的再一种通信装置的示意性框图；Fig. 23 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图24是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
在介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法和通信装置之前，先做出以下几点说明。Before introducing the communication method and communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application, the following points are explained first.
第一，在下文示出的实施例中，各术语及英文缩略语，如F1接口、能力信息、IAB宿主能力、F1AP消息等，均为方便描述而给出的示例性举例，不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在已有或未来的协议中定义其它能够实现相同或相似功能的术语的可能。First, in the embodiments shown below, various terms and English abbreviations, such as F1 interface, capability information, IAB host capability, F1AP message, etc., are all illustrative examples for convenience of description, and should not be used in this application constitute any limitation. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other terms that can achieve the same or similar functions in existing or future agreements.
第二，在下文示出的实施例中第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的网络设备、区分不同的指示信息等。Second, the first, second and various numbers in the embodiments shown below are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguishing different network devices, distinguishing different indication information, and so on.
第三，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a、b和c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，或b，或c，或a和b，或a和c，或b和c，或a、b和c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。Third, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one (one) of a, b and c may represent: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, wherein a, b, c can be single or multiple.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例适用的通信***包括但不限于：窄带物联网(narrow band-internet of things，NB-IoT)***、无线局域网(wireless local access network，WLAN)***、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***、下一代5G移动通信***或者后续演进的通信***，如新无线(new radio，NR)通信***。It should be noted that the communication systems applicable to the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited to: narrow band-internet of things (narrow band-internet of things, NB-IoT) system, wireless local area network (wireless local access network, WLAN) system, long term evolution ( long term evolution (LTE) system, next-generation 5G mobile communication system or subsequent evolution communication system, such as new radio (NR) communication system.
宿主基站(donor base station)可以作为IAB节点的宿主节点。本申请中，宿主基站可以包括但不限于：下一代基站(generation nodeB，gNB)，演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)，无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)，节点B(Node B，NB)，基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)，基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)，家庭基站(home evolved Node B或者home Node B)，传输点(transmission and reception point或者transmission point)，具有基站功能的路边单元(road side unit，RSU)，基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，射频拉远单元(Remote Radio Unit，RRU)，有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)，一个或一组天线面板，或后续演进***中具备基站功能的节点等。The donor base station (donor base station) can serve as the donor node of the IAB node. In this application, the host base station may include but not limited to: next generation base station (generation nodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved Node B or home Node B), transmission point (transmission and reception point or transmission point ), roadside unit (RSU) with base station function, baseband unit (BBU), radio remote unit (Remote Radio Unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), One or a group of antenna panels, or nodes with base station functions in subsequent evolution systems, etc.
宿主基站可以是一个实体，还可以包括一个集中式单元CU实体加上至少一个分布式单元DU实体。其中，CU和DU之间的接口可以称之为F1接口。F1接口的两端分别是CU和DU，CU的F1接口的对端是DU，DU的F1接口的对端是CU。F1接口又可以进一步包括控制面F1接口(F1-C)和用户面F1接口(F1-U)。本申请中，宿主基站的CU可以简称为Donor CU，宿主基站的DU可以简称为Donor DU。其中，Donor CU还有可能是控制面(control plane，CP)和用户面(user plane，UP)分离的形态，例如：CU可由一个CU-CP和一个(或多个)CU-UP组成。The donor base station may be one entity, and may also include a centralized unit CU entity plus at least one distributed unit DU entity. Wherein, the interface between the CU and the DU may be referred to as an F1 interface. The two ends of the F1 interface are the CU and the DU. The opposite end of the F1 interface of the CU is the DU, and the opposite end of the F1 interface of the DU is the CU. The F1 interface may further include a control plane F1 interface (F1-C) and a user plane F1 interface (F1-U). In this application, the CU of the host base station may be referred to as Donor CU for short, and the DU of the host base station may be referred to as Donor DU for short. Among them, the Donor CU may also be a form in which the control plane (control plane, CP) and the user plane (user plane, UP) are separated. For example, a CU may be composed of one CU-CP and one (or more) CU-UP.
本申请中，终端有时也称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)，移动台，终端设备等。终端可以广泛引用于各种场景，例如设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication，MTC)、物联网(internet of things，IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端可以是手机、平板电脑、带 无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、无人机、直升机、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械臂、智能家居设备等。终端可以包括但不限于：用户设备UE，移动站，移动设备，终端设备，用户代理，蜂窝电话，无绳电话，会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话，无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站，个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)，具有无线通信功能的手持设备，计算设备，连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备，车载设备，可穿戴设备(如智能手表，智能手环，智能眼镜等)，智能家具或家电，车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)中的车辆设备,具有中继功能的终端设备，客户前置设备(customer premises equipment，CPE)，IAB节点(具体是IAB节点的MT或者作为终端角色的IAB节点)等，本申请对终端的具体名称和实现形式并不做限定。In this application, a terminal is sometimes referred to as a user equipment (user equipment, UE), a mobile station, a terminal device, and the like. Terminals can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (Internet of Things) of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc. Terminals can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc. Terminals may include, but are not limited to: user equipment UE, mobile station, mobile device, terminal device, user agent, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, Smart glasses, etc.), smart furniture or home appliances, vehicle equipment in vehicle to everything (V2X), terminal equipment with relay function, customer premises equipment (CPE), IAB nodes (specifically IAB The MT of the node or the IAB node as the terminal role), etc., the application does not limit the specific name and implementation form of the terminal.
本申请中，IAB节点可以包括至少一个移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)和至少一个分布式单元DU(distributed unit，DU)。IAB节点可以是一个实体，例如该IAB节点包括至少一个MT功能和至少一个DU功能。IAB节点也可以包括多个实体，例如该IAB节点包括至少一个MT实体和至少一个DU实体。其中MT实体和DU实体可以相互通信，例如通过网线相互通信。当IAB节点面向其父节点(父节点可以是宿主基站或者其他IAB节点)时，可以作为终端，例如用于上述终端所应用各种场景，即IAB节点的终端角色。这种情况下，为IAB节点提供终端角色的是MT功能或MT实体。当IAB节点面向其子节点(子节点可以是其他IAB节点或者终端)时，可以作为网络设备，即IAB节点的网络设备角色。这种情况下，为IAB节点提供网络设备角色的是DU功能或DU实体。本申请中，IAB节点的MT可以简称为IAB-MT,IAB节点的DU可以简称为IAB-DU。IAB节点可以接入宿主基站，也可以通过其他IAB节点连接到宿主基站。In this application, the IAB node may include at least one mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) and at least one distributed unit DU (distributed unit, DU). An IAB node may be an entity, for example, the IAB node includes at least one MT function and at least one DU function. The IAB node may also include multiple entities, for example, the IAB node includes at least one MT entity and at least one DU entity. The MT entity and the DU entity can communicate with each other, for example, communicate with each other through a network cable. When an IAB node faces its parent node (the parent node may be a host base station or other IAB nodes), it can be used as a terminal, for example, in various scenarios where the above-mentioned terminal is applied, that is, the terminal role of the IAB node. In this case, it is the MT function or MT entity that provides the terminal role for the IAB node. When an IAB node faces its child nodes (the child nodes can be other IAB nodes or terminals), it can act as a network device, that is, the network device role of the IAB node. In this case, it is the DU function or DU entity that provides the network device role for the IAB node. In this application, the MT of the IAB node may be referred to as IAB-MT for short, and the DU of the IAB node may be referred to as IAB-DU for short. The IAB node can access the host base station, and can also connect to the host base station through other IAB nodes.
IAB网络支持多跳组网和多连接组网以保证业务传输的可靠性。IAB节点将为其提供回传服务的IAB节点视为父节点，相应地，该IAB节点可视为其父节点的子节点。终端也可以将自己接入的IAB节点视为父节点，相应地，IAB节点也可以将接入自己的终端视为子节点。IAB节点可以将自己接入的宿主基站视为父节点，相应地，宿主基站也可以将接入自己的IAB节点视为子节点。The IAB network supports multi-hop networking and multi-connection networking to ensure the reliability of service transmission. The IAB node regards the IAB node providing the backhaul service as a parent node, and accordingly, the IAB node can be regarded as a child node of its parent node. The terminal may also regard the IAB node which it accesses as a parent node, and correspondingly, the IAB node may also regard the terminal which it accesses as a child node. The IAB node may regard the host base station that it accesses as a parent node, and correspondingly, the host base station may also regard the IAB node that accesses itself as a child node.
图1是一种IAB网络通信***的示意图。该通信***包括终端，IAB节点，宿主基站。本申请中，“IAB网络”只是一种举例，可以用“无线回传网络”或者“中继网络”进行替换。“IAB节点”也只是一种举例，可以用“无线回传设备”、“无线回传节点”或者“中继节点”进行替换。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network communication system. The communication system includes a terminal, an IAB node, and a host base station. In this application, "IAB network" is just an example, and may be replaced with "wireless backhaul network" or "relay network". "IAB node" is just an example, and may be replaced with "wireless backhaul device", "wireless backhaul node" or "relay node".
如图1所示，IAB节点1的父节点包括宿主基站。IAB节点1又为IAB节点2或者IAB节点3的父节点。终端1的父节点包括IAB节点4。IAB节点4的子节点包括终端1或者终端2。终端直接接入的IAB节点可以称之为接入IAB节点。图1中的IAB节点4是终端1和终端2的接入IAB节点。IAB节点5是终端2的接入IAB节点。As shown in FIG. 1 , the parent node of the IAB node 1 includes a master base station. IAB node 1 is also the parent node of IAB node 2 or IAB node 3 . The parent node of terminal 1 includes IAB node 4 . The child nodes of IAB node 4 include terminal 1 or terminal 2 . The IAB node directly accessed by the terminal may be referred to as an access IAB node. The IAB node 4 in FIG. 1 is the access IAB node of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 . The IAB node 5 is the access IAB node of the terminal 2 .
从IAB节点到宿主基站的上行传输路径上的节点可以称之为该IAB节点的上游节点(upstream node)。上游节点可以包括父节点，父节点的父节点(或称为祖父节点)等。例如图1中的IAB节点1和IAB节点2可以称之为IAB节点5的上游节点。The nodes on the uplink transmission path from the IAB node to the donor base station may be referred to as upstream nodes (upstream nodes) of the IAB node. The upstream node may include a parent node, a parent node (or a grandparent node) of the parent node, and the like. For example, IAB node 1 and IAB node 2 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as upstream nodes of IAB node 5 .
从IAB节点到终端的下行传输路径上的节点可以称之为该IAB节点的下游节点(downstream node)或者后代节点(descendant node)。下游节点或者后代节点可以包括子节点，子节点的子节点(或称为孙节点)，或者终端等。例如图1中的终端1，终端2，IAB节点2，IAB节点3，IAB节点4或者IAB节点5可以称之为IAB节点1的下游节点 或者后代节点。又例如图1中的IAB节点4和IAB节点5可以称之为IAB节点2的下游节点或者后代节点。图1中的终端1可以称之为IAB节点4的下游节点或者后代节点。The nodes on the downlink transmission path from the IAB node to the terminal may be referred to as downstream nodes (downstream nodes) or descendant nodes (descendant nodes) of the IAB node. A downstream node or a descendant node may include a child node, a child node (or called a grandson node) of a child node, or a terminal. For example, terminal 1, terminal 2, IAB node 2, IAB node 3, IAB node 4 or IAB node 5 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as a downstream node or descendant node of IAB node 1. For another example, the IAB node 4 and the IAB node 5 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as downstream nodes or descendant nodes of the IAB node 2 . The terminal 1 in FIG. 1 may be referred to as a downstream node or a descendant node of the IAB node 4 .
终端发往宿主基站的上行数据包可以经过一个或多个IAB节点传输至宿主基站，即终端和宿主基站之间的上行数据的目标节点可以是宿主基站。宿主基站发往终端的下行数据包可以经过一个或多个IAB节点发送至终端的接入IAB节点，再由接入IAB节点发送给终端，即终端和宿主基站之间的下行数据的目标节点可以是接入IAB节点。The uplink data packet sent by the terminal to the donor base station may be transmitted to the donor base station through one or more IAB nodes, that is, the target node of the uplink data between the terminal and the donor base station may be the donor base station. The downlink data packet sent by the host base station to the terminal can be sent to the access IAB node of the terminal through one or more IAB nodes, and then sent to the terminal by the access IAB node, that is, the target node of the downlink data between the terminal and the host base station can be It is the access IAB node.
例如，终端1和宿主基站之间的数据传输有两条可用的路径，路径1：终端1←→IAB节点4←→IAB节点3←→IAB节点1←→宿主基站。路径2：终端1←→IAB节点4←→IAB节点2←→IAB节点1←→宿主基站。终端2和宿主基站之间的数据传输有三条可用的路径，路径1：终端2←→IAB节点4←→IAB节点3←→IAB节点1←→宿主基站，路径2：终端2←→IAB节点4←→IAB节点2←→IAB节点1←→宿主基站，路径3：终端2←→IAB节点5←→IAB节点2←→IAB节点1←→宿主基站。For example, there are two available paths for data transmission between terminal 1 and the donor base station, path 1: terminal 1 ←→ IAB node 4 ←→ IAB node 3 ←→ IAB node 1 ←→ donor base station. Path 2: terminal 1←→IAB node 4←→IAB node 2←→IAB node 1←→host base station. There are three available paths for data transmission between terminal 2 and the host base station, path 1: terminal 2←→IAB node 4←→IAB node 3←→IAB node 1←→host base station, path 2: terminal 2←→IAB node 4←→IAB node 2←→IAB node 1←→host base station, path 3: terminal 2←→IAB node 5←→IAB node 2←→IAB node 1←→host base station.
可以理解的是，在IAB网络中，终端和宿主基站之间的一条传输路径上，可以包含一个或多个IAB节点。It can be understood that, in the IAB network, one or more IAB nodes may be included on a transmission path between the terminal and the donor base station.
每个IAB节点需要维护面向父节点的回传链路(backhaul link，BL)。若IAB节点的子节点是终端，该IAB节点还需要维护和终端之间的接入链路(acess link，AL)。如图1所示，IAB节点4和终端1或者终端2之间的链路包括AL。IAB节点4和IAB节点2或IAB节点3之间包括BL。Each IAB node needs to maintain a backhaul link (BL) facing the parent node. If the child node of the IAB node is a terminal, the IAB node also needs to maintain an access link (access link, AL) with the terminal. As shown in FIG. 1, the link between the IAB node 4 and the terminal 1 or the terminal 2 includes an AL. A BL is included between IAB node 4 and IAB node 2 or IAB node 3 .
图2和图3分别是IAB网络中的控制面协议栈的示意图和用户面协议栈的示意图。图2和图3中的宿主基站可以包括宿主CU和宿主DU功能(这种情况下，宿主基站为一个实体)，或者可以包括宿主CU实体和宿主DU实体(这种情况下，宿主基站分为两个实体)。如图2或图3所示，宿主DU和宿主CU之间对等的协议层包括IP层，层2(layer2，L2)，层1(layer 1，L1)。其中，L1和L2可以指的是有线传输(例如光纤传输)网络中的协议栈层。例如L1可以是物理层，L2可以是数据链路层。IAB节点4和IAB节点3之间，IAB节点3和IAB节点1之间，以及IAB节点1和宿主DU之间均建立有回传链路(BL)。BL两端对等的协议栈可以包括回传适配协议(backhaul adaptation protocol，BAP)层，无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)，媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)层，以及物理(physical，PHY)层。FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 are respectively a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack and a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in an IAB network. The donor base station in Figure 2 and Figure 3 may include the functions of the host CU and the host DU (in this case, the host base station is one entity), or may include the host CU entity and the host DU entity (in this case, the host base station is divided into two entities). As shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3, the peer-to-peer protocol layers between the host DU and the host CU include the IP layer, layer 2 (layer2, L2), and layer 1 (layer 1, L1). Wherein, L1 and L2 may refer to protocol stack layers in a wired transmission (such as optical fiber transmission) network. For example, L1 may be the physical layer, and L2 may be the data link layer. Backhaul links (BL) are established between the IAB node 4 and the IAB node 3, between the IAB node 3 and the IAB node 1, and between the IAB node 1 and the host DU. The peer-to-peer protocol stack at both ends of the BL may include a backhaul adaptation protocol (BAP) layer, a radio link control (radio link control, RLC), a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, and Physical (PHY) layer.
如图2所示，终端和宿主基站之间有接口，有时也称为空口。例如可以称为Uu接口。Uu接口一端位于终端，一端位于宿主基站。Uu接口两端对等的控制面协议栈包括无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层，分组数据汇聚(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层，RLC层，MAC层，以及PHY层。Uu接口控制面协议栈包括的协议层也可以称为控制面的接入层(access stratum，AS)。如果宿主基站包括宿主CU实体和宿主DU实体，则Uu接口在宿主基站这端的控制面协议栈可以分别位于宿主DU和宿主CU。例如，PHY层，MAC层及RLC层位于宿主DU，RRC层和PDCP层位于宿主CU。As shown in Figure 2, there is an interface between the terminal and the host base station, which is sometimes called an air interface. For example, it can be called Uu interface. One end of the Uu interface is located at the terminal, and the other end is located at the host base station. The control plane protocol stack at both ends of the Uu interface includes a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, an RLC layer, a MAC layer, and a PHY layer. The protocol layer included in the Uu interface control plane protocol stack may also be called the access stratum (AS) of the control plane. If the host base station includes a host CU entity and a host DU entity, the control plane protocol stack of the Uu interface at the host base station side can be respectively located in the host DU and the host CU. For example, the PHY layer, the MAC layer and the RLC layer are located in the host DU, and the RRC layer and the PDCP layer are located in the host CU.
终端接入的IAB节点(即图2中的IAB节点4)的DU和宿主基站之间有接口，例如称为F1接口。F1接口一端位于IAB节点4，一端位于宿主基站。宿主基站(例如可以是宿主CU)的F1接口的对端是IAB节点(具体可以是IAB节点的DU)，IAB节点(具体可以是IAB节点的DU)的F1接口的对端是宿主基站(具体可以是宿主CU)。F1接口两端对等的控制面协议栈包括F1应用协议(F1 application protocol，F1AP)层，流控 制传输协议(stream control transmission protocol，SCTP)层以及IP层。宿主基站可以包括宿主CU实体和宿主DU实体。F1接口在宿主基站这端的控制面协议栈可以位于宿主CU，例如，宿主CU包括F1AP层，SCTP层以及IP层。F1接口在宿主基站这端的控制面协议栈也可以分别位于宿主CU和宿主DU，例如，宿主CU包括F1AP层和SCTP层，宿主DU包括IP层。There is an interface between the DU of the IAB node that the terminal accesses (that is, the IAB node 4 in FIG. 2 ) and the host base station, for example, it is called an F1 interface. One end of the F1 interface is located at the IAB node 4, and the other end is located at the host base station. The opposite end of the F1 interface of the host base station (for example, it may be the host CU) is the IAB node (specifically, it may be the DU of the IAB node), and the opposite end of the F1 interface of the IAB node (specifically, it may be the DU of the IAB node) is the host base station (specifically, it may be the DU of the IAB node). can be the host CU). The peer-to-peer control plane protocol stack at both ends of the F1 interface includes the F1 application protocol (F1 application protocol, F1AP) layer, the stream control transmission protocol (stream control transmission protocol, SCTP) layer and the IP layer. The host base station may include a host CU entity and a host DU entity. The control plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station may be located in the host CU. For example, the host CU includes an F1AP layer, an SCTP layer, and an IP layer. The control plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station may also be respectively located in the host CU and the host DU. For example, the host CU includes the F1AP layer and the SCTP layer, and the host DU includes the IP layer.
在控制面上，终端的RRC消息被接入IAB节点封装在F1接口应用协议(application protocol，F1AP)消息中传输。具体地，在上行方向上，终端将RRC消息封装在PDCP协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)中，并依次经过RLC层，MAC层和PHY层的处理后发送至IAB节点4的DU。IAB节点4的DU依次经过PHY层，MAC层和RLC层的处理后得到PDCP PDU，将PDCP PDU封装在F1AP消息中，并依次经过SCTP层，IP层处理后得到IP包。IAB节点4的DU通过内部接口将IP包发送给IAB节点4的MT。IAB节点4的MT将IP包依次通过BAP层，RLC层，MAC层和PHY层的处理后发送至IAB节点3的DU。IAB节点3的DU依次经过PHY层，MAC层，RLC层和BAP层的处理后得到IP包。IAB节点3的DU通过内部接口将IP包发送给IAB节点3的MT，然后，IAB节点3的MT采用类似于IAB节点4的MT的操作，将该IP包发送至IAB节点1的DU。然后，IAB节点1的DU采用类似于IAB节点3的DU的操作，将该IP包发送至IAB节点1的MT。同理，IAB节点1的MT将该IP包发送至宿主DU。宿主DU解析得到IP包后，将该IP包发送至宿主CU。宿主CU将该IP包依次通过SCTP层，F1AP层和PDCP层的处理后得到终端的RRC消息。下行方向类似，在此不再描述。On the control plane, the terminal's RRC message is encapsulated by the access IAB node in an F1 interface application protocol (application protocol, F1AP) message for transmission. Specifically, in the uplink direction, the terminal encapsulates the RRC message in a PDCP protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU), and sequentially processes the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer and sends it to the DU of the IAB node 4. The DU of IAB node 4 is sequentially processed by the PHY layer, the MAC layer and the RLC layer to obtain the PDCP PDU, and the PDCP PDU is encapsulated in the F1AP message, and then processed by the SCTP layer and the IP layer to obtain the IP packet. The DU of the IAB node 4 sends the IP packet to the MT of the IAB node 4 through the internal interface. The MT of the IAB node 4 sends the IP packet to the DU of the IAB node 3 after being processed by the BAP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer in sequence. The DU of the IAB node 3 is sequentially processed by the PHY layer, the MAC layer, the RLC layer and the BAP layer to obtain an IP packet. The DU of IAB node 3 sends the IP packet to the MT of IAB node 3 through the internal interface, and then, the MT of IAB node 3 uses an operation similar to the MT of IAB node 4 to send the IP packet to the DU of IAB node 1. Then, the DU of IAB node 1 adopts an operation similar to that of the DU of IAB node 3 to send the IP packet to the MT of IAB node 1 . Similarly, the MT of the IAB node 1 sends the IP packet to the host DU. After the host DU parses and obtains the IP packet, it sends the IP packet to the host CU. The host CU obtains the RRC message of the terminal after processing the IP packet through the SCTP layer, the F1AP layer and the PDCP layer in sequence. The downlink direction is similar and will not be described here.
如图3所示，终端和宿主基站之间的Uu接口两端对等的用户面协议栈包括业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol，SDAP)层，PDCP层，RLC层，MAC层，以及PHY层。Uu接口用户面协议栈包括的协议层也可以称为用户面的接入层(AS)。如果宿主基站包括宿主CU实体和宿主DU实体，则Uu接口在宿主基站这端的用户面协议栈可以分别位于宿主DU和宿主CU。例如，PHY层，MAC层及RLC层位于宿主DU，SDAP层和PDCP层位于宿主CU。As shown in Figure 3, the user plane protocol stacks at both ends of the Uu interface between the terminal and the host base station are equivalent, including a service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer. The protocol layer included in the Uu interface user plane protocol stack may also be referred to as the access layer (AS) of the user plane. If the host base station includes a host CU entity and a host DU entity, the user plane protocol stack of the Uu interface at the end of the host base station may be respectively located in the host DU and the host CU. For example, the PHY layer, the MAC layer and the RLC layer are located in the host DU, and the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer are located in the host CU.
IAB节点4的DU和宿主基站之间的F1接口两端对等的用户面协议层包括通用分组无线业务用户面隧道协议(general packet radio service tunnelling protocol for the user plane，GTP-U)层，用户数据报协议(user datagram protocol，UDP)层以及IP层。宿主基站可以包括宿主CU实体和宿主DU实体。F1接口在宿主基站这端的用户面协议栈可以位于宿主CU，例如，宿主CU包括GTP-U层，UDP层以及IP层。F1接口在宿主基站这端的用户面协议栈也可以分别位于宿主CU和宿主DU，例如，宿主CU包括GTP-U层和UDP层，宿主DU包括IP层。The peer-to-peer user plane protocol layers at both ends of the F1 interface between the DU of IAB node 4 and the host base station include the general packet radio service user plane tunneling protocol (general packet radio service tunneling protocol for the user plane, GTP-U) layer. Datagram protocol (user datagram protocol, UDP) layer and IP layer. The host base station may include a host CU entity and a host DU entity. The user plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station may be located in the host CU. For example, the host CU includes a GTP-U layer, a UDP layer, and an IP layer. The user plane protocol stack of the F1 interface at the end of the host base station can also be located in the host CU and the host DU respectively. For example, the host CU includes the GTP-U layer and the UDP layer, and the host DU includes the IP layer.
在用户面上，终端的数据包被封装在PDCP PDU中，(PDCP PDU)并依次经过RLC层，MAC层和PHY层的处理后发送至接入IAB节点，接入IAB节点将收到的PDCP PDU封装在该接入IAB节点与宿主CU之间的GTP-U隧道中传输。GTP-U隧道建立在F1-U接口上。具体终端的数据包的传递过程可以参考上述控制面RRC消息的传递过程，此处不再赘述。On the user plane, the data packet of the terminal is encapsulated in the PDCP PDU (PDCP PDU) and then sent to the access IAB node after being processed by the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the PHY layer, and the access IAB node will receive the PDCP The PDU is encapsulated and transmitted in the GTP-U tunnel between the access IAB node and the host CU. The GTP-U tunnel is established on the F1-U interface. For the transfer process of the data packet of the specific terminal, reference may be made to the transfer process of the RRC message on the control plane above, which will not be repeated here.
另外，在图2和图3中，当有终端接入该宿主DU时，该宿主DU和宿主CU之间的接口也可以包括F1接口。该F1接口两端对等的控制面协议栈包括F1AP层，SCTP层以及IP层。该F1接口两端对等的用户面协议栈包括GTP-U层，UDP层以及IP层。当有终 端接入该IAB节点1或IAB节点3时，该IAB节点1或者IAB节点3和宿主基站之间也可以包括F1接口，该F1接口的描述可以参照上述IAB节点4的DU和宿主基站之间F1接口的描述。In addition, in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , when a terminal accesses the host DU, the interface between the host DU and the host CU may also include an F1 interface. The peer-to-peer control plane protocol stacks at both ends of the F1 interface include an F1AP layer, an SCTP layer and an IP layer. The peer-to-peer user plane protocol stacks at both ends of the F1 interface include a GTP-U layer, a UDP layer, and an IP layer. When a terminal accesses the IAB node 1 or IAB node 3, an F1 interface may also be included between the IAB node 1 or IAB node 3 and the host base station, and the description of the F1 interface may refer to the above-mentioned DU of the IAB node 4 and the host base station Description of the interface between F1.
当终端指的是IAB节点的MT功能或者MT实体，或者作为终端角色的IAB节点时，图2或者图3中示出的终端的协议栈为某个IAB节点的MT功能或者MT实体的协议栈，或者为某个IAB节点作为终端角色时的协议栈。When the terminal refers to the MT function or MT entity of the IAB node, or the IAB node as the terminal role, the protocol stack of the terminal shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3 is the protocol stack of the MT function or MT entity of an IAB node , or the protocol stack when an IAB node acts as a terminal.
IAB节点在接入IAB网络时，可以充当终端的角色。这种情况下，该IAB节点的MT具有终端的协议栈。该IAB节点和宿主基站之间存在空口(Uu接口)的协议栈。如图2和图3中的终端的协议栈，即具备RRC层或SDAP层，PDCP层，RLC层，MAC层和PHY层。其中，控制面上，IAB节点的RRC消息被IAB节点的父节点封装在F1AP消息中传输的。用户面上，IAB节点的数据包被封装在PDCP协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)中发送到IAB节点的父节点，IAB节点的父节点将收到的PDCP PDU封装在该IAB节点的父节点与宿主CU之间的F1接口上的GTP-U隧道中传输。另外，该IAB节点接入IAB网络后，该IAB节点仍然可以充当普通终端的角色，例如，该IAB节点可以与宿主基站之间传输自己的数据包，例如操作、管理和维护网元(operation,administration and maintenance，OAM)数据包，测量报告等。When an IAB node accesses the IAB network, it can act as a terminal. In this case, the MT of the IAB node has the protocol stack of the terminal. There is an air interface (Uu interface) protocol stack between the IAB node and the host base station. The protocol stack of the terminal as shown in Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 includes RRC layer or SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer. Wherein, on the control plane, the RRC message of the IAB node is encapsulated in the F1AP message by the parent node of the IAB node for transmission. On the user plane, the data packet of the IAB node is encapsulated in a PDCP protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) and sent to the parent node of the IAB node, and the parent node of the IAB node encapsulates the received PDCP PDU in the parent node of the IAB node. Transmitted in the GTP-U tunnel on the F1 interface between the node and the host CU. In addition, after the IAB node is connected to the IAB network, the IAB node can still act as an ordinary terminal. For example, the IAB node can transmit its own data packets with the host base station, such as operating, managing and maintaining network elements (operation, administration and maintenance, OAM) data packets, measurement reports, etc.
需要说明的是，一个IAB节点在IAB网络中可能具备一个或者多个角色。例如，该IAB节点既可以作为终端角色，也可以作为接入IAB节点角色(如图2和图3中的IAB节点4的协议栈)或者中间IAB节点角色(如图2和图3中的IAB node 1或者IAB node 3的协议栈)。该IAB节点可以针对不同角色，使用不同角色对应的协议栈。当该IAB节点在IAB网络中具备多种角色时，可以同时具备多套协议栈，各套协议栈之间可以共享一些相同的协议层，例如共享相同的RLC层，MAC层，PHY层。It should be noted that an IAB node may have one or more roles in the IAB network. For example, the IAB node can be used as a terminal role, or as an access IAB node role (such as the protocol stack of IAB node 4 in Figure 2 and Figure 3 ) or an intermediate IAB node role (such as the IAB node role in Figure 2 and Figure 3 ). protocol stack of node 1 or IAB node 3). The IAB node can use protocol stacks corresponding to different roles for different roles. When the IAB node has multiple roles in the IAB network, it can have multiple sets of protocol stacks at the same time, and each set of protocol stacks can share some of the same protocol layers, such as sharing the same RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer.
图4是一种通信场景的示意图。如图4所示，其中包括宿主基站(Donor base station)和IAB节点。宿主基站可以包括宿主CU(Donor CU)和至少一个宿主DU(Donor DU)。该宿主基站和该IAB节点之间的通信接口可以包括空口(Uu接口)和F1接口。例如，该IAB的MT和该宿主基站之间具有空口(Uu接口)，该IAB的DU和该宿主基站之间具有F1接口。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario. As shown in Figure 4, it includes a Donor base station (Donor base station) and an IAB node. The donor base station may include a donor CU (Donor CU) and at least one donor DU (Donor DU). The communication interface between the donor base station and the IAB node may include an air interface (Uu interface) and an F1 interface. For example, there is an air interface (Uu interface) between the MT of the IAB and the donor base station, and an F1 interface between the DU of the IAB and the donor base station.
IAB节点的IP地址可以由Donor DU或者网管设备为该IAB节点分配。Donor CU的IP地址也可以由网管设备分配。本申请中，网管设备可以包括操作、管理和维护网元(operation,administration and maintenance，OAM)，网元管理***(element management system，EMS)，或者网络管理***(network management system，NMS)等。The IP address of the IAB node can be allocated for the IAB node by the Donor DU or network management equipment. The IP address of the Donor CU can also be assigned by the network management device. In this application, the network management equipment may include operation, administration and maintenance (OAM), element management system (element management system, EMS), or network management system (network management system, NMS).
图5是一种双连接通信场景的示意图。如图5所示，其中包括主基站(master base station)，辅基站(secondary base station)和IAB节点。其中，该IAB节点的宿主基站为辅基站。该主基站和该IAB节点之间的通信接口包括空口(Uu接口)。该辅基站和该IAB节点之间的通信接口包括Uu接口和F1接口。本申请中，也可以将主基站称为IAB节点的主节点，将辅基站称为IAB节点的辅节点。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a dual connectivity communication scenario. As shown in Figure 5, it includes a master base station (master base station), a secondary base station (secondary base station) and an IAB node. Wherein, the host base station of the IAB node is a secondary base station. The communication interface between the primary base station and the IAB node includes an air interface (Uu interface). The communication interface between the secondary base station and the IAB node includes a Uu interface and an F1 interface. In this application, the primary base station may also be called the primary node of the IAB node, and the secondary base station may be called the secondary node of the IAB node.
图6是一种通信架构的示意图。如图6所示，宿主基站1包括宿主CU1(Donor CU1)，宿主DU1(Donor DU1)。宿主基站2包括宿主CU2(Donor CU2)，宿主DU2(Donor DU2)。IAB节点和宿主基站1或者宿主基站2之间存在通信接口。例如，IAB节点和宿主基站1或者宿主基站2之间的通信接口可以包括Uu接口，和/或，F1接口。宿主基站1和宿主 基站2之间也存在通信接口。Donor CU1与Donor CU2之间可以相互通信，例如通过X2或者Xn接口进行通信。Donor CU1与Donor DU2之间，以及Donor CU2与Donor DU1之间也可以相互通信，例如通过IP网络。可以理解的是，在图6示意的通信架构中，还可以包括该IAB节点的下游节点或者后代节点。在IAB节点和宿主基站之间还可以包括该IAB节点的上游节点。Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication architecture. As shown in FIG. 6, the donor base station 1 includes a donor CU1 (Donor CU1) and a donor DU1 (Donor DU1). The donor base station 2 includes a donor CU2 (Donor CU2) and a donor DU2 (Donor DU2). There is a communication interface between the IAB node and the donor base station 1 or the donor base station 2 . For example, the communication interface between the IAB node and the donor base station 1 or the donor base station 2 may include a Uu interface and/or an F1 interface. There is also a communication interface between the donor base station 1 and the donor base station 2. Donor CU1 and Donor CU2 can communicate with each other, such as through the X2 or Xn interface. Donor CU1 and Donor DU2, and between Donor CU2 and Donor DU1 can also communicate with each other, such as through the IP network. It can be understood that, in the communication architecture shown in FIG. 6 , downstream nodes or descendant nodes of the IAB node may also be included. An upstream node of the IAB node may also be included between the IAB node and the donor base station.
图7-图10是图6所示的通信架构下，可能出现的通信场景示意图。如图7-图10所示，IAB节点包括MT和DU部分(这种情况下，IAB节点分为两个实体)，或者MT和DU功能(这种情况下，IAB节点为一个实体)。宿主基站包括宿主CU实体和宿主DU实体(这种情况下，宿主基站分为两个实体)，或者宿主CU和宿主DU功能(这种情况下，宿主基站仍然为一个整体)。IAB节点3和宿主基站之间还存在一个上游节点IAB节点2(即IAB节点3的父节点)。在图7-图10中，用粗曲线示意了每种场景下，IAB节点和宿主基站1或宿主基站2之间的F1接口通信的可能的路径。可以理解，在图7中，IAB节点3和IAB节点2之间，或者IAB节点3和IAB节点1之间还可以包括IAB节点3的其他上游节点。在图7中，还可以包括IAB节点3的其他下游节点或者后代节点。在图7-图10中，IAB节点1可以不存在，即IAB节点3可以直接连接到宿主基站1。IAB节点2也可以不存在，即IAB节点3可以直接连接到宿主基站2。下面结合图7-图10所示的几种通信场景进行描述，应理解，图7-图10中图例1所表示的节点受Donor CU 1控制，也就是图1所示的节点构成了由Donor CU 1控制的拓扑段。7-10 are schematic diagrams of possible communication scenarios under the communication architecture shown in FIG. 6 . As shown in Figures 7-10, the IAB node includes MT and DU parts (in this case, the IAB node is divided into two entities), or MT and DU functions (in this case, the IAB node is one entity). The host base station includes a host CU entity and a host DU entity (in this case, the host base station is divided into two entities), or functions of the host CU and the host DU (in this case, the host base station is still a whole). There is also an upstream node IAB node 2 (ie, the parent node of the IAB node 3 ) between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station. In FIG. 7-FIG. 10 , the possible communication paths of the F1 interface between the IAB node and the donor base station 1 or the donor base station 2 are shown in bold curves in each scenario. It can be understood that in FIG. 7 , between the IAB node 3 and the IAB node 2 , or between the IAB node 3 and the IAB node 1 may also include other upstream nodes of the IAB node 3 . In FIG. 7 , other downstream nodes or descendant nodes of the IAB node 3 may also be included. In FIGS. 7-10 , the IAB node 1 may not exist, that is, the IAB node 3 may be directly connected to the donor base station 1 . The IAB node 2 may also not exist, that is, the IAB node 3 may be directly connected to the donor base station 2 . The following describes several communication scenarios shown in Figure 7-Figure 10. It should be understood that the nodes shown in legend 1 in Figure 7-Figure 10 are controlled by Donor CU 1, that is, the nodes shown in Figure 1 constitute the Donor CU 1. Topology segment controlled by CU 1.
图7的通信场景A：当图7中通信场景A中的宿主基站是宿主基站1时(即Donor CU为Donor CU1，Donor DU为Donor DU1)，IAB节点3和宿主基站1之间存在Uu接口和F1接口。IAB节点3和宿主基站1之间的F1接口通信需要经过Donor DU1。通信场景A中的IAB节点3的IP地址1可以是Donor DU1或者网管设备为IAB节点3分配的IP地址。示例性的，IAB节点3的IP地址1与Donor DU1属于同一网段或者具有相同的网络前缀。Communication scenario A in Figure 7: when the host base station in communication scenario A in Figure 7 is host base station 1 (that is, Donor CU is Donor CU1, and Donor DU is Donor DU1), there is a Uu interface between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 and F1 interface. The F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 needs to go through Donor DU1. The IP address 1 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario A may be the IP address assigned by the Donor DU1 or the network management device for the IAB node 3. Exemplarily, IP address 1 of IAB node 3 and Donor DU1 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
当图7中通信场景A中的宿主基站是宿主基站2时(即Donor CU为Donor CU2，Donor DU为Donor DU2)，IAB节点3和宿主基站2之间存在Uu接口和F1接口。IAB节点3和宿主基站2之间的F1接口通信需要经过Donor DU2。通信场景B中的IAB节点3的IP地址2可以是Donor DU2或者网管设备为IAB节点3分配的IP地址。在一种可能的设计中，IAB节点3的IP地址2与Donor DU2属于同一网段或者具有相同的网络前缀。When the host base station in the communication scenario A in Figure 7 is the host base station 2 (that is, the Donor CU is Donor CU2, and the Donor DU is Donor DU2), there are Uu interface and F1 interface between the IAB node 3 and the host base station 2. The F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 2 needs to go through Donor DU2. The IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario B may be the IP address assigned to the IAB node 3 by the Donor DU2 or the network management device. In a possible design, the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 and the Donor DU2 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
图8的通信场景B：IAB节点3和宿主基站2(包括Donor CU2和Donor DU2)之间存在Uu接口，且IAB节点3和宿主基站1之间存在F1接口。IAB节点3和宿主基站1之间的F1接口通信需要经过Donor DU2。通信场景B中的IAB节点3的IP地址2可以是Donor DU2或者网管设备为IAB节点3分配的IP地址。在一种可能的设计中，IAB节点3的IP地址2与Donor DU2属于同一网段或者具有相同的网络前缀。Communication scenario B in Figure 8: There is a Uu interface between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 2 (including Donor CU2 and Donor DU2), and there is an F1 interface between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 1. The F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 needs to go through Donor DU2. The IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario B may be the IP address assigned to the IAB node 3 by the Donor DU2 or the network management device. In a possible design, the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 and the Donor DU2 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
图9的通信场景C：IAB节点3和宿主基站1(包括Donor-CU1和Donor-DU1)之间存在Uu接口，且IAB节点3和宿主基站2之间存在F1接口。在通信场景C下，IAB节点3与宿主基站1之间可以存在F1接口，也可以不存在F1接口(也可以称之为IAB节点3和宿主基站1之间未建立F1接口)。IAB节点和宿主基站2之间的F1接口通信需要经过Donor DU1。通信场景C中的IAB节点3的IP地址1可以是Donor DU1或者网管设备为IAB节点3分配的IP地址。在一种可能的设计中，IAB节点3的IP地址2与Donor  DU1属于同一网段或者具有相同的网络前缀。Communication scenario C in FIG. 9: Uu interface exists between IAB node 3 and donor base station 1 (including Donor-CU1 and Donor-DU1), and F1 interface exists between IAB node 3 and donor base station 2. In the communication scenario C, there may or may not be an F1 interface between the IAB node 3 and the host base station 1 (it may also be called that no F1 interface is established between the IAB node 3 and the host base station 1). The F1 interface communication between the IAB node and the host base station 2 needs to go through Donor DU1. The IP address 1 of the IAB node 3 in the communication scenario C may be the IP address assigned by the Donor DU1 or the network management device for the IAB node 3. In a possible design, the IP address 2 of the IAB node 3 and the Donor DU1 belong to the same network segment or have the same network prefix.
图10的通信场景D(也可以称为双连接场景)：IAB节点3和宿主基站1(包括Donor-CU1和Donor-DU1)之间存在Uu接口，IAB节点和宿主基站2之间存在Uu接口。IAB节点3和宿主基站1之间存在F1接口。IAB节点3和宿主基站1之间的F1接口通信既可以经过Donor DU1，也可以经过Donor DU2，也就是说，宿主基站1可以选择通过Donor DU1，和/或，Donor DU2，与IAB节点3进行F1接口通信。Communication scenario D in Figure 10 (also called a dual-connection scenario): there is a Uu interface between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 1 (including Donor-CU1 and Donor-DU1), and there is a Uu interface between the IAB node and the donor base station 2 . An F1 interface exists between the IAB node 3 and the donor base station 1 . The F1 interface communication between IAB node 3 and host base station 1 can pass through Donor DU1 or Donor DU2, that is to say, host base station 1 can choose to communicate with IAB node 3 through Donor DU1 and/or Donor DU2 F1 interface communication.
上述IAB节点3的通信场景A，B，C，D之间是可以相互转换的。例如，在IAB节点3进行跨宿主基站的切换过程中，可以包括从通信场景A转换至通信场景B，或者从通信场景A转换至通信场景C。这种情况下，宿主基站1可以称之为源宿主基站(source donor base station，S-donor)，宿主基站2可以称之为目标宿主基站(target donor base station，T-donor)。S-donor又可以包括S-donor CU1和S-donor DU1。T-donor又可以包括T-donor CU2和T-donor DU2。The communication scenarios A, B, C, and D of the above-mentioned IAB node 3 are interchangeable. For example, during the handover process performed by the IAB node 3 across the host base stations, it may include switching from communication scenario A to communication scenario B, or switching from communication scenario A to communication scenario C. In this case, donor base station 1 may be called a source donor base station (source donor base station, S-donor), and donor base station 2 may be called a target donor base station (target donor base station, T-donor). S-donor can also include S-donor CU1 and S-donor DU1. T-donor can also include T-donor CU2 and T-donor DU2.
本申请中，建立接口可以包括建立接口上的连接和/或承载。例如，建立Uu接口可以包括建立RRC连接，建立SRB，和建立DRB中的至少一个。建立F1接口可以包括建立F1连接。断开接口可以包括断开接口上的连接和/或承载。例如，断开Uu接口可以包括断开RRC连接，断开SRB，和断开DRB中的至少一个。断开F1接口可以包括断开F1连接。In this application, establishing an interface may include establishing a connection and/or a bearer on the interface. For example, establishing a Uu interface may include at least one of establishing an RRC connection, establishing an SRB, and establishing a DRB. Establishing an F1 interface may include establishing an F1 connection. Disconnecting an interface may include disconnecting connections and/or bearers on the interface. For example, disconnecting the Uu interface may include disconnecting the RRC connection, disconnecting the SRB, and disconnecting the DRB. Disconnecting the F1 interface may include disconnecting the F1 connection.
又例如，IAB节点3还可以从通信场景A或者通信场景B转换至双连接通信场景(通信场景D)。这种情况下，宿主基站1可以称之为主宿主基站(master donor base station，M-donor)，宿主基站2可以称之为辅助宿主基站(secondary donor base station，S-donor)。M-donor又可以包括M-donor CU1和M-donor DU1。S-donor又可以包括S-donor CU2和S-donor DU2。For another example, the IAB node 3 may also switch from communication scenario A or communication scenario B to a dual connectivity communication scenario (communication scenario D). In this case, the donor base station 1 may be called a master donor base station (M-donor), and the donor base station 2 may be called a secondary donor base station (S-donor). M-donor can also include M-donor CU1 and M-donor DU1. S-donor can also include S-donor CU2 and S-donor DU2.
当前IAB架构下的双连接场景主要包括如下两种：基于冗余拓扑的双连接和基于CP-UP分离的双连接。下面以图11为例分别对基于冗余拓扑的双连接和基于CP-UP分离的双连接进行描述。The dual connectivity scenarios under the current IAB architecture mainly include the following two types: dual connectivity based on redundant topology and dual connectivity based on CP-UP separation. The dual connectivity based on redundant topology and the dual connectivity based on CP-UP separation are described below by taking FIG. 11 as an example.
图11是另一种通信架构的示意图。与图6类似，图11中的宿主基站1包括宿主CU1(Donor CU1)，宿主DU1(Donor DU1)。宿主基站2包括宿主CU2(Donor CU2)，宿主DU2(Donor DU2)。IAB节点1包括IAB MT 1和IAB DU 1，IAB节点2包括IAB MT 2和IAB DU 2，IAB节点3包括IAB MT 3和IAB DU 3，IAB节点4包括IAB MT 4和IAB DU 4。其中，IAB节点2是终端1的接入IAB节点，IAB节点4是终端2的接入IAB节点。图中图例1所表示的节点受Donor CU 2控制，即节点3受Donor CU 2控制。其他节点受Donor CU 1控制，即IAB节点1、IAB节点2以及IAB节点4受Donor CU 1控制。Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another communication architecture. Similar to FIG. 6, the donor base station 1 in FIG. 11 includes a donor CU1 (Donor CU1) and a donor DU1 (Donor DU1). The donor base station 2 includes a donor CU2 (Donor CU2) and a donor DU2 (Donor DU2). IAB node 1 includes IAB MT 1 and IAB DU 1, IAB node 2 includes IAB MT 2 and IAB DU 2, IAB node 3 includes IAB MT 3 and IAB DU 3, and IAB node 4 includes IAB MT 4 and IAB DU 4. Wherein, the IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of the terminal 1, and the IAB node 4 is the access IAB node of the terminal 2. The node represented by legend 1 in the figure is controlled by Donor CU 2, that is, node 3 is controlled by Donor CU 2. Other nodes are controlled by Donor CU 1, that is, IAB node 1, IAB node 2 and IAB node 4 are controlled by Donor CU 1.
在图11所示的通信架构中，假设宿主基站1是主节点MN，宿主基站2是辅节点SN，IAB节点2的MT，即IAB MT 2通过双连接分别连接至Donor DU1和Donor DU2，IAB节点4的MT，即IAB MT 4通过双连接分别连接至Donor DU1和Donor DU2。IAB节点2的F1AP消息和IAB节点4的F1AP消息终结于Donor CU1，即Donor CU1是IAB节点2和IAB节点4的F1AP消息的终结节点(F1-terminating node)。图11中IAB节点3和宿主基站2构成的拓扑段受Donor CU 2控制，即Donor CU 2可以管理IAB节点3。IAB节点4、IAB节点2、IAB节点1以及宿主基站1构成的拓扑段受Donor CU 1控制，即 Donor CU 1可以管理IAB节点1、IAB节点2以及IAB节点4。在本申请实施例中，还可以将F1AP消息称为F1-C消息。In the communication architecture shown in Figure 11, it is assumed that the host base station 1 is the master node MN, the host base station 2 is the secondary node SN, and the MT of the IAB node 2, that is, the IAB MT 2 is connected to Donor DU1 and Donor DU2 through dual connections, respectively. The MT of node 4, that is, IAB MT 4 is connected to Donor DU1 and Donor DU2 through dual connections. The F1AP message of IAB node 2 and the F1AP message of IAB node 4 are terminated at Donor CU1, that is, Donor CU1 is the terminating node (F1-terminating node) of the F1AP messages of IAB node 2 and IAB node 4. In Figure 11, the topology segment composed of IAB node 3 and host base station 2 is controlled by Donor CU 2, that is, Donor CU 2 can manage IAB node 3. The topology segment composed of IAB node 4, IAB node 2, IAB node 1, and host base station 1 is controlled by Donor CU 1, that is, Donor CU 1 can manage IAB node 1, IAB node 2, and IAB node 4. In this embodiment of the present application, the F1AP message may also be referred to as an F1-C message.
由上文描述可知，终端接入的IAB节点的DU和宿主基站之间可以建立F1接口。在基于如图11所示的通信架构建立F1接口时，IAB节点2的F1接口的双连接方式包括F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路(BL)传输，本申请可将这种双连接方式称为冗余拓扑，对应的传输路径可以为如图所示的路径1和路径2。It can be known from the above description that an F1 interface can be established between the DU of the IAB node accessed by the terminal and the donor base station. When the F1 interface is established based on the communication architecture shown in Figure 11, the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node 2 includes the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through the backhaul link (BL). This dual connection mode is called redundant topology, and the corresponding transmission paths can be path 1 and path 2 as shown in the figure.
其中，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据可以通过路径1中的回传链路(BL)传输，此时路径2的拓扑即为IAB节点2的冗余拓扑。或者，F1AP消息通过和用户面的F1接口数据可以通过路径2中的回传链路(BL)传输，此时路径1的拓扑即为IAB节点2的冗余拓扑。可以将这种F1接口的双连接方式称为基于冗余拓扑的CP-UP不分离，这种方式可以基于IAB节点自身意愿实现。Wherein, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane can be transmitted through the backhaul link (BL) in the path 1, and the topology of the path 2 is the redundant topology of the IAB node 2 at this time. Alternatively, the F1AP message may be transmitted through the backhaul link (BL) in path 2 through the F1 interface with the user plane, and the topology of path 1 is the redundant topology of IAB node 2 at this time. This dual connection mode of the F1 interface can be called CP-UP non-separation based on redundant topology, and this mode can be realized based on the willingness of the IAB node itself.
此外，还可以是F1AP消息通过路径1传输，用户面的F1接口数据通过路径2传输。或者是F1AP消息通过路径2传输，用户面的F1接口数据通过路径1传输。可以将这种F1接口的双连接方式称为基于冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，这种方式可以由网络设备时变配置。In addition, it may also be that the F1AP message is transmitted through the path 1, and the F1 interface data of the user plane is transmitted through the path 2. Or the F1AP message is transmitted through the path 2, and the F1 interface data of the user plane is transmitted through the path 1. This dual connection mode of the F1 interface can be called CP-UP separation based on redundant topology, and this mode can be configured by network devices in time-varying manner.
应理解，通过路径1传输的F1AP消息和/或用户面的F1接口数据的终结节点是同一个宿主基站，同理，通过路径2传输的F1AP消息和/或用户面的F1接口数据的终结节点是同一个宿主基站。示例性地，在终结节点为Donor CU1的情况下，F1AP消息和/或用户面的F1接口数据最终传输至Donor CU1。It should be understood that the termination node of the F1AP message transmitted through path 1 and/or the F1 interface data of the user plane is the same donor base station, and similarly, the termination node of the F1AP message transmitted through path 2 and/or the F1 interface data of the user plane are the same host base station. Exemplarily, in the case that the termination node is Donor CU1, the F1AP message and/or the F1 interface data of the user plane are finally transmitted to Donor CU1.
还应理解，本申请实施例所述的冗余拓扑包括上述基于冗余拓扑的CP-UP不分离以及基于冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离这两种双连接方式。It should also be understood that the redundant topology described in the embodiment of the present application includes the above-mentioned two dual connectivity manners: CP-UP non-separation based on redundant topology and CP-UP separation based on redundant topology.
在基于如图11所示的拓扑架构建立F1接口时，IAB节点4的F1接口的双连接方式包括F1AP消息通过空口(即RRC消息)传输，且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路(BL)传输，本申请可将这种连接方式称为非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，对应的传输路径可以为如图所示的路径3和路径4。When the F1 interface is established based on the topology shown in Figure 11, the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node 4 includes the transmission of the F1AP message through the air interface (that is, the RRC message), and the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link ( BL) transmission, this application may refer to this connection mode as CP-UP separation of non-redundant topology, and the corresponding transmission paths may be path 3 and path 4 as shown in the figure.
其中，F1AP消息可以通过IAB MT 4与Donor DU 2之间的空口(即RRC消息)先传输至Donor DU 2，再经由Donor DU 2传输至Donor CU 1(如图11中的路径4)。用户面的F1接口数据可以通过IAB MT 4与Donor DU 1之间的回传链路(BL)先传输至Donor DU 1，再由Donor DU 1传输至Donor CU1(如图11中的路径3)。Among them, the F1AP message can be transmitted to Donor DU 2 through the air interface between IAB MT 4 and Donor DU 2 (that is, RRC message), and then transmitted to Donor CU 1 via Donor DU 2 (as shown in path 4 in Figure 11). The F1 interface data of the user plane can be transmitted to Donor DU 1 through the backhaul link (BL) between IAB MT 4 and Donor DU 1, and then transmitted from Donor DU 1 to Donor CU1 (path 3 in Figure 11) .
应理解，路径2或路径4中由Donor DU 2传输至Donor CU 1可以有三条路径可选，一种是Donor DU 2←→Donor CU 1，一种是Donor DU 2←→Donor DU 1←→Donor CU 1，另一种是Donor DU 2←→Donor CU 2←→Donor CU 1。三种路径的选择将在下文中进行描述。It should be understood that there are three optional paths for transmission from Donor DU 2 to Donor CU 1 in path 2 or path 4, one is Donor DU 2←→Donor CU 1, and the other is Donor DU 2←→Donor DU 1←→ Donor CU 1, the other is Donor DU 2←→Donor CU 2←→Donor CU 1. The choice of three paths will be described below.
还应理解，通过路径3传输的用户面的F1接口数据和通过路径4传输的F1AP消息的终结节点为同一个宿主基站。It should also be understood that the end node of the user plane F1 interface data transmitted through path 3 and the F1AP message transmitted through path 4 are the same parent base station.
当前标准规定可以由F1AP消息的终结节点(MN或SN)来决定IAB节点的F1接口采用上述哪种双连接方式，即采用冗余拓扑(包括冗余拓扑下的CP-UP分离)或者非冗余拓扑下的CP-UP分离。但是，在终结节点确定IAB节点的F1接口的双连接方式过程中，节点的IAB宿主能力(即是否支持作为IAB节点的宿主节点)需要与双连接方式相匹配，即MN为IAB节点添加SN时需要考虑节点能力，或者基于SN的节点能力选择合适的双 连接方式。The current standard stipulates that the terminating node (MN or SN) of the F1AP message can decide which of the above-mentioned dual connection methods is used for the F1 interface of the IAB node, that is, redundant topology (including CP-UP separation under redundant topology) or non-redundant topology CP-UP separation under rest topology. However, when the terminal node determines the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node, the node's IAB host capability (that is, whether it supports the host node of the IAB node) needs to match the dual connectivity mode, that is, when the MN adds the SN for the IAB node The node capability needs to be considered, or an appropriate dual connection mode should be selected based on the node capability of the SN.
根据R16标准，***信息块1(system information block，SIB1)引入了信元IAB-Support，如果该字段存在，则表示基站支持IAB，该基站也被视为IAB节点的候选基站。如果该字段不存在，则表示基站不支持IAB，和/或，该基站被禁止用于IAB节点。下文的附图中以终端为UE、基站为gNB为例进行描述。According to the R16 standard, the system information block 1 (system information block, SIB1) introduces the information element IAB-Support, if this field exists, it means that the base station supports IAB, and the base station is also regarded as a candidate base station for the IAB node. If this field does not exist, it means that the base station does not support IAB, and/or, the base station is prohibited from being used as an IAB node. In the following figures, the terminal is UE and the base station is gNB as an example for description.
针对R17引入的非冗余拓扑下的CP-UP分离场景，不具备IAB宿主能力(non-donor capable)的MN也会广播IAB-Support，但是，其并不能作为IAB节点的宿主节点，只能转发F1AP消息给具备IAB宿主能力(donor capable)的SN，用户面的F1接口数据(也可称为F1-U数据)只能通过IAB节点与SN之间的回传链路传输。应理解，该IAB宿主能力包括与上文描述的宿主基站相对应的功能，此处不再赘述。For the CP-UP separation scenario under the non-redundant topology introduced by R17, the MN that does not have the IAB host capability (non-donor capable) will also broadcast IAB-Support, but it cannot be the host node of the IAB node. Forward the F1AP message to the SN with IAB donor capability (donor capable), and the F1 interface data (also called F1-U data) of the user plane can only be transmitted through the backhaul link between the IAB node and the SN. It should be understood that the IAB hosting capability includes functions corresponding to the hosting base station described above, which will not be repeated here.
有鉴于此，针对R17的双连接场景，在当前的IAB-Support之下还需要进一步区分gNB是否支持IAB宿主能力，具体的支持逻辑如下：In view of this, for the R17 dual connection scenario, under the current IAB-Support, it is necessary to further distinguish whether the gNB supports the IAB hosting capability. The specific support logic is as follows:
1，IAB-Support+non-donor capable，表示gNB支持IAB，但是不具备IAB宿主能力。在这个逻辑下，gNB支持通过空口传输F1AP消息，但是不支持通过回传链路传输F1AP消息。1. IAB-Support+non-donor capable, indicating that gNB supports IAB, but does not have IAB host capability. Under this logic, gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface, but does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the backhaul link.
2，IAB-Support+donor capable，表示gNB支持IAB，也具备IAB宿主能力。在这个逻辑下，gNB支持通过回传链路传输F1AP消息，但是不一定支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。2. IAB-Support+donor capable, indicating that gNB supports IAB and also has IAB host capability. Under this logic, gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the backhaul link, but does not necessarily support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface.
应理解，通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)需要对Uu接口做增强，即支持将F1AP消息封装在RRC消息中。It should be understood that the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC) needs to enhance the Uu interface, that is, to support encapsulation of F1AP messages in RRC messages.
还应理解，对于具备IAB宿主能力的gNB，其空口可以支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)，也可以不支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)。It should also be understood that for a gNB with IAB host capability, its air interface may support the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) through the air interface, or may not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC).
基于上述逻辑，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法和通信装置，基站可以对外广播自身的IAB宿主能力信息，IAB节点可以根据基站的IAB宿主能力信息接入合适的基站作为IAB节点的MN或SN，并确定与MN和/或SN的能力信息相匹配的双连接方式，这样有利于提高IAB节点与终端通信的稳定性。Based on the above logic, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and a communication device. The base station can broadcast its own IAB host capability information to the outside, and the IAB node can access a suitable base station as the MN or SN of the IAB node according to the IAB host capability information of the base station. , and determine the dual connection mode matching the capability information of the MN and/or SN, which is beneficial to improve the stability of the communication between the IAB node and the terminal.
本申请可应用于IAB网络，包括独立组网(SA)的IAB网络以及非独立组网(NSA)的IAB网络。由上文描述可知IAB节点可以包含MT部分和DU部分，IAB节点的宿主节点可以进一步分为Donor DU和Donor CU两部分，Donor CU又可以进一步分为Donor CU-CP和Donor CU-UP两部分。The present application can be applied to IAB networks, including independent networking (SA) IAB networks and non-standalone networking (NSA) IAB networks. From the above description, it can be known that the IAB node can include the MT part and the DU part. The host node of the IAB node can be further divided into two parts: Donor DU and Donor CU. Donor CU can be further divided into two parts: Donor CU-CP and Donor CU-UP. .
下文将结合图12对IAB节点通过无线回传链路连接到宿主节点的架构进行描述。The architecture in which an IAB node is connected to a host node through a wireless backhaul link will be described below with reference to FIG. 12 .
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种IAB网络架构900的示意图。如图12所示，IAB网络架构900包括UE、IAB节点1、IAB节点2、宿主节点1、宿主节点2、gNB以及5G核心网(5GC)。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an IAB network architecture 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the IAB network architecture 900 includes UE, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, host node 1, host node 2, gNB and 5G core network (5GC).
其中，每个IAB节点的DU部分与Donor CU之间有F1接口，该F1接口包括控制面(F1-C)和用户面(F1-U)两部分，其中控制面是IAB DU与Donor CU-CP之间维护的，用户面是IAB DU与Donor CU-UP之间维护的。F1接口在图12中未予以示出。Among them, there is an F1 interface between the DU part of each IAB node and the Donor CU. The F1 interface includes two parts: the control plane (F1-C) and the user plane (F1-U). The control plane is the IAB DU and the Donor CU- It is maintained between CPs, and the user plane is maintained between IAB DU and Donor CU-UP. The F1 interface is not shown in FIG. 12 .
在IAB节点工作在SA模式时，IAB节点可以单连接到一个父节点，或者双连接到两个父节点，其中这两个父节点可以由同一个宿主节点控制，或者分别由不同的宿主节点控制。IAB节点的DU部分与一个宿主节点之间建立F1接口即可，该建立F1接口的宿主节 点可以连接到5GC。其中Donor CU-CP通过NG控制面接口(NG-C)连接到5GC中的控制面网元，例如接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)。Donor CU-UP通过NG用户面接口(NG-U)连接到5GC中的用户面网元，例如用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)。When the IAB node works in SA mode, the IAB node can be single-connected to one parent node, or dual-connected to two parent nodes, where the two parent nodes can be controlled by the same host node, or controlled by different host nodes . It is enough to establish an F1 interface between the DU part of the IAB node and a host node, and the host node with the F1 interface can be connected to the 5GC. Among them, the Donor CU-CP is connected to the control plane network elements in the 5GC through the NG control plane interface (NG-C), such as the access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF). Donor CU-UP is connected to user plane network elements in 5GC through NG user plane interface (NG-U), such as user plane function (UPF).
当IAB节点工作在NSA模式时，gNB与各节点的MT部分之间有NR-Uu接口，gNB可以和5GC之间建立NG接口(控制面接口NG-C和/或用户面接口NG-U)，gNB和宿主节点可以为IAB节点提供双连接服务，gNB可以作为IAB节点的主基站的角色，也可以作为IAB节点的辅基站的角色。When the IAB node works in NSA mode, there is an NR-Uu interface between the gNB and the MT part of each node, and the NG interface can be established between the gNB and the 5GC (control plane interface NG-C and/or user plane interface NG-U) , the gNB and the host node can provide dual connectivity services for the IAB node, and the gNB can act as the primary base station of the IAB node or as the secondary base station of the IAB node.
其中，IAB节点2是UE 1的接入IAB节点，UE 1、IAB节点1以及IAB节点2与gNB之间有NR-Uu接口Among them, IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of UE 1, and there are NR-Uu interfaces between UE 1, IAB node 1 and IAB node 2 and gNB
示例性地，宿主节点1可以作为MN，宿主节点2可以作为SN，此时IAB节点2的F1接口的双连接方式可以为上述的冗余拓扑。或者宿主节点1和宿主节点2角色互换，IAB节点2采用的双连接方式类似。Exemplarily, the host node 1 may serve as the MN, and the host node 2 may serve as the SN. At this time, the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the IAB node 2 may be the above-mentioned redundant topology. Or host node 1 and host node 2 switch roles, and the dual connection method adopted by IAB node 2 is similar.
示例性地，gNB可以作为MN，但是不具备IAB宿主能力，宿主节点1可以作为SN，此时IAB节点2的双连接方式可以是上述的基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离。Exemplarily, a gNB can serve as an MN, but does not have the IAB hosting capability, and the hosting node 1 can serve as an SN. At this time, the dual connection mode of the IAB node 2 can be the above-mentioned CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法1300的示意性流程图。方法1300适用于上述的IAB网络架构900。方法1300包括如下步骤：FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1300 is applicable to the above-mentioned IAB network architecture 900 . Method 1300 includes the steps of:
S1301，第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。S1301. The first network device acquires capability information of at least one second network device.
无线回传节点、至少一个第二网络设备或网管设备向第一网络设备发送该至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息，该第一网络设备为无线回传节点的主节点MN。相应地，第一网络设备接收来自无线回传节点、至少一个第二网络设备或网管设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。The wireless backhaul node, at least one second network device or network management device sends capability information of the at least one second network device to the first network device, the capability information indicating whether it has the IAB host capability and/or whether it supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface , the first network device is a master node MN of a wireless backhaul node. Correspondingly, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node, at least one second network device, or network management device.
S1302，第一网络设备根据该至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从该至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为该无线回传节点的辅节点SN。S1302. The first network device selects a target second network device from the at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device.
应理解，本申请实施例中至少一个第二网络设备是IAB网络中区别于第一网络设备的其他网络设备，MN可以在其他的网络设备中为无线回传节点添加SN，该SN的能力信息与双连接方式相匹配。该目标第二网络设备是MN为无线回传节点确定的SN。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, at least one second network device is other network devices that are different from the first network device in the IAB network, and the MN can add SNs for wireless backhaul nodes in other network devices, and the capability information of the SNs Compatible with double connection mode. The target second network device is the SN determined by the MN for the wireless backhaul node.
本步骤中的无线回传节点即为IAB网络中的IAB节点，具体地，在网络架构900中，该无线回传节点可以是IAB节点2。下文中也可将无线回传节点称为IAB节点。The wireless backhaul node in this step is the IAB node in the IAB network. Specifically, in the network architecture 900, the wireless backhaul node may be the IAB node 2 . The wireless backhaul node may also be referred to as an IAB node hereinafter.
S1303，第一网络设备配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。S1303. The first network device configures the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
在本申请实施例中，第一网络设备(即MN)可以根据获取的其他网络设备(如gNB)的能力信息确定无线回传节点(如IAB节点)的辅节点。基于该能力信息，第一网络设备可以确定建立与IAB宿主能力匹配的双连接拓扑架构。例如对于MN或SN为宿主节点的情况，IAB节点的F1接口采用的是基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离的双连接方式。对于MN和SN为宿主节点的情况，IAB节点的F1接口采用的是冗余拓扑的双连接方式。这样建立的双连接拓扑架构有利于提高IAB节点与终端的业务通信的稳定性以及终端的服务体验。In this embodiment of the present application, the first network device (that is, the MN) may determine the secondary node of the wireless backhaul node (such as the IAB node) according to the acquired capability information of other network devices (such as the gNB). Based on the capability information, the first network device may determine to establish a dual-connection topology that matches the capability of the IAB host. For example, in the case where the MN or SN is the host node, the F1 interface of the IAB node adopts a dual connection mode based on CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology. For the case where the MN and SN are host nodes, the F1 interface of the IAB node adopts a redundant topology dual connection mode. The dual-connection topology structure established in this way is conducive to improving the stability of the service communication between the IAB node and the terminal and the service experience of the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，网络架构900中的宿主节点1作为MN的角色，宿主节点2作为SN的角色，则第一网络设备为宿主节点1。当又或者两者角色相反，即宿主节点2 作为MN的角色，宿主节点1作为SN的角色，则第一网络设备为宿主节点2。In a possible implementation manner, the host node 1 in the network architecture 900 takes the role of the MN, and the host node 2 takes the role of the SN, and the first network device is the host node 1 . Or when the roles of the two are opposite, that is, the host node 2 takes the role of the MN, and the host node 1 takes the role of the SN, then the first network device is the host node 2 .
在另一种可能的实现方式中，网络架构900中的gNB作为MN的角色，宿主节点1作为SN的角色，则第一网络设备为gNB。In another possible implementation manner, the gNB in the network architecture 900 acts as the MN, and the host node 1 acts as the SN, and the first network device is the gNB.
作为一个可选的实施例，方法1300还包括：第一网络设备接收至少一个第二网络设备的测量报告，该测量报告包括该无线回传节点与至少一个第二网络设备之间的信号质量。这种情况下，S1302具体包括：第一网络设备根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及该测量报告，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择该目标第二网络设备作为该无线回传节点的SN。As an optional embodiment, the method 1300 further includes: the first network device receiving a measurement report of at least one second network device, where the measurement report includes signal quality between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device. In this case, S1302 specifically includes: the first network device selects the target second network device from at least one second network device as the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of at least one second network device and the measurement report Sn.
在本申请实施例中，MN还可以获取包括至少一个第二网络设备与无线回传节点之间的信号质量的测量报告，结合该测量报告，MN可以从至少一个第二网络设备中为无线回传节点选择通信质量良好的第二网络设备作为该IAB节点的SN，这样有利于提高通信质量。In this embodiment of the present application, the MN may also obtain a measurement report including the signal quality between at least one second network device and the wireless backhaul node. In combination with the measurement report, the MN may obtain a wireless backhaul node from at least one second network device. The transmission node selects the second network device with good communication quality as the SN of the IAB node, which is beneficial to improve the communication quality.
作为一个可选的实施例，第一网络设备接收来自该无线回传节点的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息；或者，第一网络设备接收来自网管设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息；又或者，第一网络设备接收来自至少一个第二网络设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。相应地，无线回传节点、网管设备或者至少一个第二网络设备向该第一网络设备发送该至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。下面对三种实现方式进行描述：As an optional embodiment, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node; or, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the network management device ; Or, the first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from at least one second network device. Correspondingly, the wireless backhaul node, the network management device, or at least one second network device sends the capability information of the at least one second network device to the first network device. The three implementation methods are described below:
1，第一网络设备接收来自该无线回传节点的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。1. The first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node.
对于该实现方式，gNB广播能力信息，IAB节点的MT接收gNB的能力信息，并向MN发送MN的相邻小区/gNB的能力信息，以便MN选择合适的SN为IAB节点提供服务。For this implementation, the gNB broadcasts the capability information, and the MT of the IAB node receives the capability information of the gNB, and sends the capability information of the neighboring cell/gNB of the MN to the MN, so that the MN can select an appropriate SN to provide services for the IAB node.
2，第一网络设备接收来自网管设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。2. The first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from the network management device.
对于该实现方式，网络中gNB对IAB的支持情况可以由网管设备预先配置，即网管设备预先知道各个gNB的能力信息，并可以预先将各个gNB的相邻小区/gNB的能力信息发送给各个gNB，在IAB节点已接入MN的情况下，MN可以基于网管设备发送的信息为IAB节点添加SN。For this implementation, the network management device can pre-configure the support of IAB by gNBs in the network, that is, the network management device knows the capability information of each gNB in advance, and can send the capability information of each gNB's neighbor cell/gNB to each gNB in advance , in the case that the IAB node has connected to the MN, the MN can add the SN for the IAB node based on the information sent by the network management device.
其中，网管设备可以为操作、管理和维护网元(operation,administration and maintenance，OAM)。网管设备可以包括网元管理***(element management system，EMS)，网络管理***(network management system，NMS)。网管设备可以是位于5G核心网中的功能网元，或者，网管设备也可以是部署在5G核心网后面的骨干网中的功能网元，或者，网管设备还可以部署在其他位置，本申请并不限定网管设备具体部署的位置。Wherein, the network management device may be an operation, administration and maintenance network element (operation, administration and maintenance, OAM). The network management equipment may include an element management system (element management system, EMS) and a network management system (network management system, NMS). The network management device may be a functional network element located in the 5G core network, or the network management device may also be a functional network element deployed in the backbone network behind the 5G core network, or the network management device may also be deployed in other locations. The specific deployment location of the network management equipment is not limited.
3，第一网络设备接收来自至少一个第二网络设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。3. The first network device receives capability information of at least one second network device from at least one second network device.
对于该实现方式，各个gNB之间可以交互自身的能力信息，此外，各个gNB之间还可以交互Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息(F1AP over XnAP)。在IAB节点已接入MN的情况下，MN可以基于相邻gNB发送的能力信息以及对应Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息为IAB节点添加SN。For this implementation, each gNB can exchange its own capability information, and in addition, each gNB can also exchange whether the Xn interface supports the transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages (F1AP over XnAP). In the case that the IAB node has been connected to the MN, the MN can add the SN for the IAB node based on the capability information sent by the neighboring gNB and whether the corresponding Xn interface supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the XnAP message.
示例性地，MN在根据上述三种实现方式选择SN时，还可以结合MN自身的能力信息来选择SN。具体MN和SN的确定过程将在下文中描述。Exemplarily, when the MN selects the SN according to the above three implementation manners, it can also select the SN in combination with the capability information of the MN itself. The process of determining the specific MN and SN will be described below.
作为一个可选的实施例，S1301中的是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口 传输F1AP消息还以有如下组合形式：As an optional embodiment, whether the S1301 has the IAB hosting capability and/or whether it supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface can also have the following combination form:
1，能力信息指示gNB不具备IAB宿主能力(non-donor capable)。在该指示下，gNB无法作为IAB节点的宿主节点，但gNB支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)。1. The capability information indicates that the gNB does not have the IAB host capability (non-donor capable). Under this instruction, gNB cannot be the host node of the IAB node, but gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) through the air interface.
2，能力信息指示gNB具备IAB宿主能力，且gNB支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)。在该指示下，该gNB可以作为IAB节点的宿主节点，通过回传链路传输F1AP消息(即F1AP over BH或F1AP over BAP)，也可以通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)。2. The capability information indicates that the gNB has the IAB host capability, and the gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) through the air interface. Under this instruction, the gNB can act as the host node of the IAB node, and transmit F1AP messages through the backhaul link (that is, F1AP over BH or F1AP over BAP), or transmit F1AP messages through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC).
3，能力信息指示gNB具备IAB宿主能力，且gNB不支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)。在该指示下，该gNB可以作为IAB节点的宿主节点，通过回传链路传输F1AP消息。3. The capability information indicates that the gNB has the IAB host capability, and the gNB does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC). Under the instruction, the gNB can serve as the host node of the IAB node, and transmit the F1AP message through the backhaul link.
4，能力信息指示gNB支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)。在该指示下，gNB不具备IAB宿主能力(non-donor capable)，或者gNB具备IAB宿主能力(donor capable)，但是当前gNB的IAB宿主能力关闭或者受限。具体可以由Donor CU控制Donor DU开启空口能力或者IAB宿主能力。4. The capability information indicates that the gNB supports the transmission of F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) over the air interface. Under this instruction, the gNB does not have the IAB host capability (non-donor capable), or the gNB has the IAB host capability (donor capable), but the current IAB host capability of the gNB is closed or limited. Specifically, the Donor CU can control the Donor DU to enable the air interface capability or the IAB host capability.
下面将结合图14至图16，描述已知MN的能力信息如何确定SN的过程。应理解，MN在确定SN的过程，即S1302中，MN还可以结合MN的能力信息确定SN，具体的确定过程如下。The process of how to determine the SN with known capability information of the MN will be described below with reference to FIG. 14 to FIG. 16 . It should be understood that in the process of determining the SN by the MN, that is, in S1302, the MN may also determine the SN in combination with the capability information of the MN, and the specific determination process is as follows.
场景1：MN支持IAB，但是不具备IAB宿主能力(IAB-Support+non-donor capable)。Scenario 1: MN supports IAB, but does not have IAB host capability (IAB-Support+non-donor capable).
该场景对应上述第一种能力信息的指示形式，即MN无法作为IAB节点的宿主节点，但支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。如果IAB要采用双连接，则只能采用基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，并且SN要具备IAB宿主能力且SN为F1AP消息的终结节点。拓扑结构如图14所示，在图14中，IAB节点2为UE的接入IAB节点，F1-C消息(即F1AP消息)可以通过IAB节点2与MN之间的空口传输，F1-U(即用户面的数据)可以通过IAB节点2与Donor CU之间的回传链路传输。This scenario corresponds to the indication form of the first capability information above, that is, the MN cannot be the host node of the IAB node, but supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface. If the IAB uses dual connectivity, it can only use CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology, and the SN must have the IAB hosting capability and the SN is the terminal node of the F1AP message. The topology structure is shown in Figure 14. In Figure 14, the IAB node 2 is the UE's access IAB node, the F1-C message (that is, the F1AP message) can be transmitted through the air interface between the IAB node 2 and the MN, and the F1-U ( That is, the data of the user plane) can be transmitted through the backhaul link between the IAB node 2 and the Donor CU.
由于IAB DU 2无法与MN建立F1接口，因此需要先建立双连接，MN可以按照上文所述的三种获取能力信息的实现方式，从至少一个gNB中为IAB节点选择一个具有IAB宿主能力的gNB作为SN接入，之后再通过建立的主小区组(master cell group，MCG)链路和/或辅小区组(secondary cell group，SCG)链路发送F1AP消息。发送F1AP消息的形式即包括上文所述的通过回传链路传输(F1AP over BH或F1AP over BAP)，或通过空口传输(F1AP over NR RRC)。Since the IAB DU 2 cannot establish an F1 interface with the MN, it is necessary to establish a dual connection first. The MN can select an IAB node with the IAB hosting capability from at least one gNB according to the three implementation methods for obtaining capability information described above. The gNB accesses as the SN, and then sends the F1AP message through the established master cell group (MCG) link and/or secondary cell group (SCG) link. The form of sending the F1AP message includes the above-mentioned transmission through the backhaul link (F1AP over BH or F1AP over BAP), or transmission through the air interface (F1AP over NR RRC).
场景2：MN支持IAB，且MN具备IAB宿主能力，且不支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(IAB-Support+donor capable+不支持F1AP over NR RRC)。Scenario 2: The MN supports IAB, and the MN has the IAB host capability, and does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (IAB-Support+donor capable+does not support F1AP over NR RRC).
该场景对应上述第三种能力信息的指示形式，即MN可以作为IAB节点的宿主节点，但是不支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。对于该场景，SN的选择以及双连接方式的选择又可以分为以下几种场景：This scenario corresponds to the third indication form of capability information above, that is, the MN can serve as the host node of the IAB node, but does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface. For this scenario, the selection of SN and the selection of dual connection mode can be divided into the following scenarios:
场景2a：MN选择不具备IAB宿主能力的gNB作为IAB节点的SN，则SN支持通过空口传输F1AP消息，此时MN为F1AP消息的终结节点，双连接方式为基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，拓扑结构如图15所示。在图15中，IAB节点2为UE的接入IAB节点，F1-C消息(即F1AP消息)可以通过IAB节点2与SN之间的空口传输，F1-U(即用户面的数据)可以通过IAB节点2与Donor CU之间的回传链路传输。Scenario 2a: The MN selects a gNB that does not have the IAB host capability as the SN of the IAB node, and the SN supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface. At this time, the MN is the terminal node of the F1AP message, and the dual connection mode is CP-UP based on non-redundant topology Separated, the topology is shown in Figure 15. In Fig. 15, IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of UE, F1-C message (that is, F1AP message) can be transmitted through the air interface between IAB node 2 and SN, and F1-U (that is, user plane data) can be transmitted through Backhaul link transmission between IAB node 2 and Donor CU.
场景2b：MN选择具备IAB宿主能力且不支持通过空口传输F1AP消息的gNB作为IAB节点的SN，此时双连接方式为冗余拓扑，MN或SN为IAB节点的终结节点，拓扑结构如图16所示。在图16中，IAB节点2为UE 1的接入IAB节点，IAB节点4为UE 2的接入IAB节点，图中图例1所表示的节点受Donor CU 2控制，其他节点受Donor CU 1控制。在图16的拓扑a中，IAB节点1、IAB节点2以及IAB节点4受Donor CU 1控制，节点3受Donor CU 2控制，IAB节点2的F1-C消息(即F1AP消息)可以通过IAB节点2与Donor CU 1之间的回传链路传输。在图16的拓扑b中，IAB节点1受Donor CU 1控制，IAB节点2、IAB节点3以及IAB节点4受Donor CU 2控制，IAB节点4的F1-C消息(即F1AP消息)可以通过IAB节点4与Donor CU 1之间的回传链路传输。Scenario 2b: The MN selects a gNB that has the IAB host capability and does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node. At this time, the dual connection mode is a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the terminal node of the IAB node. The topology structure is shown in Figure 16 shown. In Figure 16, IAB node 2 is the access IAB node of UE 1, and IAB node 4 is the access IAB node of UE 2. The node shown in legend 1 in the figure is controlled by Donor CU 2, and other nodes are controlled by Donor CU 1 . In topology a in Figure 16, IAB node 1, IAB node 2, and IAB node 4 are controlled by Donor CU 1, node 3 is controlled by Donor CU 2, and the F1-C message (ie, F1AP message) of IAB node 2 can pass through the IAB node Backhaul link transmission between 2 and Donor CU 1. In topology b in Figure 16, IAB node 1 is controlled by Donor CU 1, IAB node 2, IAB node 3 and IAB node 4 are controlled by Donor CU 2, and the F1-C message (ie F1AP message) of IAB node 4 can pass through the IAB Backhaul link transmission between Node 4 and Donor CU 1.
场景2c：MN选择具备IAB宿主能力且支持通过空口传输F1AP消息的gNB作为IAB节点的SN，此时双连接方式可以为基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，MN为F1AP消息的终结节点，拓扑结构如图15所示。双连接方式还可以为冗余拓扑，MN或SN为IAB节点的终结节点，拓扑结构如图16所示。Scenario 2c: The MN selects a gNB that has the IAB hosting capability and supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node. At this time, the dual connection method can be CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology, and the MN is the terminal node of the F1AP message. The topology is shown in Figure 15. The dual connection mode can also be a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the termination node of the IAB node. The topology structure is shown in FIG. 16 .
场景3：MN支持IAB，且MN具备IAB宿主能力，且支持通过空口传输F1AP消息(IAB-Support+donor capable+支持F1AP over NR RRC)。Scenario 3: The MN supports IAB, and the MN has the IAB host capability, and supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface (IAB-Support+donor capable+support F1AP over NR RRC).
该场景对应上述第二种能力信息的指示形式，即MN可以作为IAB节点的宿主节点，且MN支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。对于该场景，SN的选择以及双连接方式的选择又可以分为以下几种场景：This scenario corresponds to the above-mentioned second capability information indication form, that is, the MN can serve as the host node of the IAB node, and the MN supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface. For this scenario, the selection of SN and the selection of dual connection mode can be divided into the following scenarios:
场景3a：MN选择不具备IAB宿主能力的gNB作为IAB节点的SN，则SN支持通过空口传输F1AP消息，此时MN为F1AP消息的终结节点，双连接方式为基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，拓扑结构如图15所示。Scenario 3a: The MN selects a gNB that does not have the IAB host capability as the SN of the IAB node, and the SN supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface. At this time, the MN is the terminal node of the F1AP message, and the dual connection mode is CP-UP based on non-redundant topology Separated, the topology is shown in Figure 15.
场景3b：MN选择具备IAB宿主能力且不支持通过空口传输F1AP消息的gNB作为IAB节点的SN，此时双连接方式可以为基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，MN或SN为F1AP消息的终结节点，拓扑结构如图14。双连接方式还可以为冗余拓扑，MN或SN为F1AP消息的终结节点，拓扑结构如图16所示。Scenario 3b: The MN selects a gNB that has the IAB host capability and does not support the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node. At this time, the dual connection mode can be CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the SN of the F1AP message. Termination nodes, the topology is shown in Figure 14. The dual connection mode can also be a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the terminal node of the F1AP message, and the topology structure is shown in FIG. 16 .
场景3c：MN选择具备IAB宿主能力且支持通过空口传输F1AP消息的gNB作为IAB节点的SN，此时双连接方式可以为基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离，拓扑结构如图14或12所示。双连接方式还可以为冗余拓扑，MN或SN为F1AP消息的终结节点，拓扑结构如图16所示。Scenario 3c: The MN selects a gNB that has the IAB host capability and supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface as the SN of the IAB node. At this time, the dual connection mode can be CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology. The topology structure is shown in Figure 14 or 12. Show. The dual connection mode can also be a redundant topology, and the MN or SN is the terminal node of the F1AP message, and the topology structure is shown in FIG. 16 .
MN可以指示SN对IAB节点采用的双连接方式，以图11为例，指示方式可以为：MN指示SN对IAB节点2采用冗余拓扑，对IAB节点4采用基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离。或者，MN可以与SN针对IAB节点2协商由Donor CU 2控制的拓扑段的BAP路由配置信息和服务质量(quality of service，QoS)，则SN可以认为MN指示对IAB节点2采用冗余拓扑。若MN与SN针对IAB节点4未协商配置信息，则SN可以认为MN指示对IAB节点4采用基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离。The MN can instruct the SN to adopt the dual connection method for the IAB node. Taking Figure 11 as an example, the instruction method can be as follows: the MN instructs the SN to adopt a redundant topology for the IAB node 2, and use CP-UP based on a non-redundant topology for the IAB node 4 separate. Or, the MN can negotiate with the SN for the IAB node 2 the BAP routing configuration information and the quality of service (quality of service, QoS) of the topology segment controlled by the Donor CU 2, and the SN can consider that the MN indicates that the IAB node 2 adopts a redundant topology. If the MN and the SN do not negotiate configuration information for the IAB node 4, the SN may consider that the MN instructs the IAB node 4 to adopt CP-UP separation based on a non-redundant topology.
对于采用冗余拓扑的IAB节点2，SN可以为IAB节点2制定由Donor CU 2控制的拓扑段的BAP路由配置信息。对于采用基于非冗余拓扑的CP-UP分离的IAB节点4，SN与IAB MT4保持RRC连接。For IAB node 2 using redundant topology, SN can formulate BAP routing configuration information for the topology segment controlled by Donor CU 2 for IAB node 2. For the IAB node 4 that adopts CP-UP separation based on non-redundant topology, the SN maintains an RRC connection with the IAB MT4.
上文中提到，在建立IAB节点的双连接拓扑，例如建立MCG链路和SCG链路的场景下，IAB节点可以与宿主节点建立F1接口，而建立F1接口可以采用的F1AP消息传输 形式包括通过空口传输F1AP消息(F1AP over NR RRC)和通过回传的形式传输F1AP消息(F1AP over BAP)。As mentioned above, in the scenario of establishing a dual-connection topology of IAB nodes, such as establishing MCG links and SCG links, the IAB node can establish an F1 interface with the host node, and the F1AP message transmission form that can be used to establish the F1 interface includes through The air interface transmits F1AP messages (F1AP over NR RRC) and transmits F1AP messages in the form of backhaul (F1AP over BAP).
作为一个可选的实施例，网络可以指示IAB节点用于F1AP消息传输的链路为MCG链路和/或SCG链路。具体地，网管设备可以指示IAB节点用于F1AP消息传输的链路。或者，MN通过RRC消息指示IAB MT用于F1AP消息传输的链路。或者，SN通过RRC消息指示IAB MT用于F1AP消息传输的链路，或者，SN将SN的RRC消息发送给MN，MN将SN的RRC消息封装在MN的RRC消息中(例如以容器(container)的形式)发送给IAB MT。As an optional embodiment, the network may indicate that the link used by the IAB node for F1AP message transmission is the MCG link and/or the SCG link. Specifically, the network management device may indicate the link used by the IAB node for F1AP message transmission. Alternatively, the MN instructs the IAB MT to use the link for F1AP message transmission through an RRC message. Or, the SN indicates the link that the IAB MT is used for F1AP message transmission through the RRC message, or the SN sends the RRC message of the SN to the MN, and the MN encapsulates the RRC message of the SN in the RRC message of the MN (for example, in a container (container) form) to IAB MT.
在上述指示的用于传输F1AP消息的链路上包括默认BH RLC信道，则IAB节点采用回传的形式在对应的链路上传输F1AP消息。如果指示的链路上不包括默认BH RLC信道，则IAB节点采用通过RRC消息传输F1AP消息的形式在对应的链路上传输F1AP消息。Include the default BH RLC channel on the link used to transmit the F1AP message indicated above, then the IAB node transmits the F1AP message on the corresponding link in the form of backhaul. If the indicated link does not include the default BH RLC channel, the IAB node transmits the F1AP message on the corresponding link in the form of transmitting the F1AP message through the RRC message.
应理解，该默认BH RLC信道为该无线回传节点首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。也可以说默认BH RLC信道用于IAB节点发起F1接口的建立请求。建立F1接口之后，IAB节点可以获取传输各类业务数据所使用的信道配置信息。It should be understood that the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time. It can also be said that the default BH RLC channel is used by the IAB node to initiate the establishment request of the F1 interface. After the F1 interface is established, the IAB node can obtain channel configuration information used to transmit various service data.
应理解，在上述网络指示的用于传输F1AP消息的链路上可以不包括默认BH RLC信道配置信息。在这种情况下，网络可以向IAB节点发送第一指示信息。It should be understood that the link for transmitting the F1AP message indicated by the above network may not include the default BH RLC channel configuration information. In this case, the network may send the first indication information to the IAB node.
在一种实现方式中，该第一指示信息指示该F1接口的双连接方式。即第一指示信息可以指示F1AP消息的传输形式。In an implementation manner, the first indication information indicates a dual connection mode of the F1 interface. That is, the first indication information may indicate the transmission form of the F1AP message.
在另一种实现方式中，第一指示信息为默认BH RLC信道配置信息。在这种情况下，说明网络指示IAB节点在指示的链路上采用回传的形式传输F1AP消息。In another implementation manner, the first indication information is default BH RLC channel configuration information. In this case, it means that the network instructs the IAB node to transmit the F1AP message in the form of backhaul on the indicated link.
此外，若网络未向IAB节点指示传输F1AP消息的链路，则IAB节点选择包括该默认BH RLC信道配置信息的链路，并以回传的形式在对应的链路上发送F1AP消息。In addition, if the network does not indicate to the IAB node the link that transmits the F1AP message, the IAB node selects the link that includes the default BH RLC channel configuration information, and sends the F1AP message on the corresponding link in the form of a return.
以图11为例，若IAB节点2接收到该第一指示信息，该第一指示信息为默认BH RLC信道配置信息，且宿主基站1(MN)指示IAB节点2在MCG链路上传输F1AP消息，则IAB节点2可以在指示的MCG链路采用回传的形式传输F1AP消息。Taking Fig. 11 as an example, if the IAB node 2 receives the first indication information, the first indication information is the default BH RLC channel configuration information, and the donor base station 1 (MN) instructs the IAB node 2 to transmit the F1AP message on the MCG link , then the IAB node 2 can transmit the F1AP message in the form of backhaul on the indicated MCG link.
图17是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法1700的示意性流程图，方法1700包括：Fig. 17 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method 1700 provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method 1700 includes:
S1701，目标第二网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。相应地，无线回传节点或第一网络设备接收该目标第二网络设备的能力信息。S1701. The target second network device sends capability information of the target second network device, where the capability information indicates whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of an F1AP message through an air interface. Correspondingly, the wireless backhaul node or the first network device receives the capability information of the target second network device.
S1702，无线回传节点向目标第二网络设备发送接入请求信息。相应地，该目标第二网络设备接收来自该无线回传节点的接入请求信息，该目标第二网络设备为该无线回传节点的辅节点SN。S1702. The wireless backhaul node sends access request information to the target second network device. Correspondingly, the target second network device receives the access request information from the wireless backhaul node, and the target second network device is the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
在本申请实施例中，在MN未确定SN的情况下，目标第二网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备的能力信息。MN可以在至少一个第二网络设备中为无线回传节点选择SN，该无线回传节点在接入该目标第二网络设备后，该目标第二网络设备可以作为SN的角色为无线回传节点提供服务。In this embodiment of the present application, when the MN does not determine the SN, the target second network device sends capability information of the target second network device. The MN may select an SN for a wireless backhaul node in at least one second network device, and after the wireless backhaul node accesses the target second network device, the target second network device may serve as a wireless backhaul node in the role of an SN Provide services.
作为一个可选的实施例，S1701包括：目标第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备的能力信息。方法1700还包括：该目标第二网络设备向该第一网络设备发送该目标第二网络设备与该第一网络设备之间的Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息的信息。As an optional embodiment, S1701 includes: the target second network device sending capability information of the target second network device to the first network device. The method 1700 also includes: the target second network device sending information to the first network device whether the Xn interface between the target second network device and the first network device supports the transmission of the F1AP message through the XnAP message.
作为一个可选的实施例，S1701包括：目标第二网络设备广播该目标第二网络设备的能力信息。此外，目标第二网络设备还可以广播、组播的形式对外发送能力信息，或者以单播的形式向该第一网络设备发送能力信息。As an optional embodiment, S1701 includes: the target second network device broadcasts capability information of the target second network device. In addition, the target second network device may also send the capability information to the outside in the form of broadcast or multicast, or send the capability information to the first network device in the form of unicast.
作为一个可选的实施例，目标第二网络设备向所述无线回传节点发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述F1接口的双连接方式。As an optional embodiment, the target second network device sends second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface.
作为一个可选的实施例，该第二指示信息为默认BH RLC信道配置信息，该默认BH RLC信道为该无线回传节点首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。As an optional embodiment, the second indication information is default BH RLC channel configuration information, and the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
对于该第二指示信息的解释与上述第一指示信息类似，此处不再赘述。The explanation of the second indication information is similar to that of the first indication information, and will not be repeated here.
作为一个可选的实施例，目标第二网络设备通过第一网络设备向无线回传节点发送该第二指示信息。As an optional embodiment, the target second network device sends the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
在本申请实施例中，SN可以将该第二指示信息发送给MN，并由MN将该第二指示信息作为容器封装在MN的RRC消息中发送给无线回传节点。In this embodiment of the present application, the SN may send the second indication information to the MN, and the MN may encapsulate the second indication information as a container in an RRC message of the MN and send it to the wireless backhaul node.
图18是本申请实施例提供的再一种通信方法1800的示意性流程图，方法1800包括：Fig. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 1800 provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method 1800 includes:
S1801，网络设备向无线回传节点发送至少一个网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息用于指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。相应地，该无线回传节点接收该至少一个网络设备的能力信息。S1801. The network device sends capability information of at least one network device to the wireless backhaul node, where the capability information is used to indicate whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of an F1AP message through an air interface. Correspondingly, the wireless backhaul node receives capability information of the at least one network device.
S1802，无线回传节点基于该至少一个网络设备的能力信息，接入第一网络设备，该第一网络设备为该无线回传节点的主节点MN。S1802. The wireless backhaul node accesses a first network device based on the capability information of the at least one network device, where the first network device is a master node MN of the wireless backhaul node.
S1803，网络设备向无线回传节点发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置目标第二网络设备为该无线回传节点的辅节点SN。相应地，该无线回传节点接收该第一配置信息。S1803. The network device sends first configuration information to the wireless backhaul node, where the first configuration information is used to configure the target second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node. Correspondingly, the wireless backhaul node receives the first configuration information.
在本步骤中，网络设备指作为MN角色的第一网络设备。In this step, the network device refers to the first network device that acts as the MN.
S1804，网络设备向无线回传节点发送第二配置信息，该第二配置信息用于配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。相应地，该无线回传节点接收还第二配置信息。S1804. The network device sends second configuration information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second configuration information is used to configure the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node. Correspondingly, the wireless backhaul node receives second configuration information.
在本申请实施例中，无线回传节点可以在至少一个网络设备选择接入第一网络设备作为该无线回传节点的MN，并根据第一配置信息接入目标第二网络设备作为该无线回传节点的SN，进而根据第二配置信息配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。In this embodiment of the present application, the wireless backhaul node may select at least one network device to access the first network device as the MN of the wireless backhaul node, and access the target second network device as the wireless backhaul node according to the first configuration information. The SN of the transmission node further configures the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node according to the second configuration information.
应理解，该第二配置信息可以是第一网络设备为该无线回传节点配置的，也可以是目标第二网络设备为该无线回传节点配置的。该第二配置信息可以为默认BH RLC信道配置信息。It should be understood that the second configuration information may be configured by the first network device for the wireless backhaul node, or may be configured by the target second network device for the wireless backhaul node. The second configuration information may be default BH RLC channel configuration information.
在确定采用的双连接方式以及F1AP消息的传输形式的情况下，以图11所示的拓扑结构为例，IAB节点2采用冗余拓扑的双连接方式，假设F1AP消息的终结节点为宿主CU 1(Donor CU 1)，IAB节点2的上行数据包通过如图11所示的路径2传输至宿主基站2的宿主DU 2(Donor DU 2)，再由Donor DU 2传输至Donor CU 1。Donor CU 1的下行数据包通过如图11所示的路径2传输至宿主基站2的宿主DU 2(Donor DU 2)，再由Donor DU 2传输至IAB节点2。In the case of determining the dual connection method and the transmission form of the F1AP message, taking the topology shown in Figure 11 as an example, the IAB node 2 adopts the dual connection method of the redundant topology, assuming that the terminal node of the F1AP message is the host CU 1 (Donor CU 1), the uplink data packet of the IAB node 2 is transmitted to the host DU 2 (Donor DU 2) of the host base station 2 through the path 2 shown in Figure 11, and then transmitted to the Donor CU 1 by the Donor DU 2. The downlink data packet of Donor CU 1 is transmitted to the host DU 2 (Donor DU 2) of the host base station 2 through the path 2 shown in Figure 11, and then transmitted to the IAB node 2 by the Donor DU 2.
作为一个可选的实施例，第一网络设备的CU从多条候选路径中确定该第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的DU之间的目标路径。该第一网络设备的CU通过该目标路径向该第二网络设备的DU传输数据。As an optional embodiment, the CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths. The CU of the first network device transmits data to the DU of the second network device through the target path.
在本申请实施例中，Donor DU 2与Donor CU 1之间存在多条候选路径，第一网络设 备的CU可以选择稳定通常的目标路径进行数据传输，有利于提高IAB节点和终端数据传输的稳定性。In the embodiment of the present application, there are multiple candidate paths between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1, and the CU of the first network device can choose a stable common target path for data transmission, which is conducive to improving the stability of IAB nodes and terminal data transmission sex.
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种候选路径的示意图。由图19可知，Donor DU 2与Donor CU 1之间可以包括如图19所示的三条路径。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a candidate path provided by an embodiment of the present application. It can be seen from Figure 19 that there may be three paths between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1 as shown in Figure 19.
路径1：Donor CU 1←→Donor DU 2，示例性地，对于上行传输，数据包可以在Donor DU 2处添加外层互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)，该外层IP的目的IP地址为Donor CU 1的IP地址，源IP地址为Donor DU 2的IP地址。Donor CU 1与Donor DU 2之间可以通过IP网络路由传输，两者之间传输的数据包可能需要经过多个IP路由器。Path 1: Donor CU 1 ←→ Donor DU 2. Exemplarily, for uplink transmission, the data packet can add an outer layer Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) at Donor DU 2, and the destination IP address of the outer layer IP is Donor The IP address of CU 1, the source IP address is the IP address of Donor DU 2. Donor CU 1 and Donor DU 2 can be routed and transmitted through the IP network, and the data packets transmitted between the two may need to pass through multiple IP routers.
路径2：Donor CU 1←→Donor CU 2←→Donor DU 2，示例性地，对于上行传输，数据包可以在Donor DU 2处添加外层IP，该外层IP的目的IP地址为Donor CU 1的IP地址，源IP地址为Donor DU 2的IP地址。数据包到达Donor CU 2后，Donor CU 2需要去掉Donor-DU 2添加的外层IP，重新添加外层IP，示例性地，对于上行数据包，目的IP地址为Donor CU 1的IP地址，源IP地址为Donor CU 2的IP地址，之后Donor CU 2可以将该数据包发送给Donor CU 1。Path 2: Donor CU 1←→Donor CU 2←→Donor DU 2, for example, for uplink transmission, the data packet can add an outer layer IP at Donor DU 2, and the destination IP address of the outer layer IP is Donor CU 1 The source IP address is the IP address of Donor DU 2. After the data packet arrives at Donor CU 2, Donor CU 2 needs to remove the outer layer IP added by Donor-DU 2, and re-add the outer layer IP. For example, for the uplink data packet, the destination IP address is the IP address of Donor CU 1, and the source The IP address is the IP address of Donor CU 2, and then Donor CU 2 can send the data packet to Donor CU 1.
路径3：Donor CU 1←→Donor DU 1←→Donor DU 2，数据包在Donor DU 1和Donor DU 2之间可以通过静态或者动态的隧道转发，也可以通过IP路由。同上，示例性地，对于上行传输，数据包可以在Donor DU 2处添加外层IP，该外层IP的目的IP地址为Donor DU 1的IP地址，源IP地址为Donor DU 2的IP地址。数据包到达Donor DU 1后，Donor DU 1去除该外层IP，Donor DU 1可以直接将数据包路由至Donor CU 1，这种路径下Donor CU 1与Donor DU 1之间无需做其他改动。以下介绍具体确定目标路径的实现方式。Path 3: Donor CU 1←→Donor DU 1←→Donor DU 2, data packets can be forwarded between Donor DU 1 and Donor DU 2 through static or dynamic tunnels, or through IP routing. As above, for example, for uplink transmission, the data packet can add an outer layer IP at Donor DU 2, the destination IP address of the outer layer IP is the IP address of Donor DU 1, and the source IP address is the IP address of Donor DU 2. After the data packet reaches Donor DU 1, Donor DU 1 removes the outer IP, and Donor DU 1 can directly route the data packet to Donor CU 1. No other changes are required between Donor CU 1 and Donor DU 1 under this path. The following describes how to specifically determine the target path.
首先，Donor CU 1或者是Donor DU 2可以判断上述三条路径的底层IP的通路正常还是异常。可能的判断方法包括测试ping值，或者基于ICMP判断。First, Donor CU 1 or Donor DU 2 can judge whether the path of the underlying IP of the above three paths is normal or abnormal. Possible judging methods include testing the ping value, or judging based on ICMP.
进一步地，Donor CU 1或者是Donor DU 2可以根据三条路径的IP通路情况选择目标路径，三条路径的通路情况包括以下几种组合形式：Furthermore, Donor CU 1 or Donor DU 2 can select the target path according to the IP path conditions of the three paths. The path conditions of the three paths include the following combinations:
1，若有一条路径的IP通路正常，则选择该条路径作为目标路径。1. If the IP path of one path is normal, select this path as the target path.
2，若路径1和路径2的IP通路正常，路径3的IP通路异常，则考虑如下条件：2. If the IP paths of path 1 and path 2 are normal, but the IP path of path 3 is abnormal, consider the following conditions:
(1)对于上行传输，若数据包的源IP地址在Donor DU 2以及Donor DU 2至Donor CU 1之间的IP路由器的IP过滤器(IP filter)的白名单内，则优先选择路径1。这是因为相较于路径2，路径1需要添加一次外层IP，而路径2需要添加两次外层IP，实现复杂。(1) For uplink transmission, if the source IP address of the data packet is in the whitelist of the IP filter (IP filter) of Donor DU 2 and the IP router between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1, path 1 is preferred. This is because compared to path 2, path 1 needs to add the outer IP once, while path 2 needs to add the outer IP twice, which is complicated to implement.
(2)若Donor DU 2以及Donor DU 2至Donor CU 1之间的IP路由器的IP过滤器处于不可用(disable)状态，即不启用过滤功能，则优先选择路径1。选择原因同上，此处不再赘述。(2) If the IP filter of Donor DU 2 and the IP router between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1 is in the disabled state, that is, the filtering function is not enabled, then path 1 is preferred. The reason for the selection is the same as above, and will not be repeated here.
(3)若以上两个条件均不满足，则优先选择路径2。这是因为如果数据包的源IP地址在Donor DU 2至Donor CU 1之间的IP路由器的IP过滤器的黑名单内，则传输的IP数据包可能被丢弃，这样会造成业务数据的中断，降低数据传输的稳定性。(3) If neither of the above two conditions is satisfied, path 2 is preferred. This is because if the source IP address of the data packet is in the blacklist of the IP filter of the IP router between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1, the transmitted IP data packet may be discarded, which will cause interruption of business data, Reduce the stability of data transmission.
本申请实施例中可以将IP路由器的IP过滤器称为IP路由器的过滤单元，其可以将不认识或者不在许可范围内的IP数据包丢弃。In the embodiment of the present application, the IP filter of the IP router can be referred to as the filtering unit of the IP router, which can discard IP data packets that are not recognized or not within the permitted range.
3，若路径1和路径3的IP通路正常，路径2的IP通路异常，则考虑如下条件：3. If the IP paths of path 1 and path 3 are normal, but the IP path of path 2 is abnormal, consider the following conditions:
(1)若Donor DU 1与Donor DU 2之间存在隧道，则优先选择路径3。这是因为相对于IP路由而言，隧道传输有利于提高数据传输的稳定性。(1) If there is a tunnel between Donor DU 1 and Donor DU 2, path 3 is preferred. This is because, compared with IP routing, tunnel transmission is beneficial to improve the stability of data transmission.
(2)若Donor DU 1与Donor DU 2之间采用IP路由的方式，则选择路径1或路径3作为目标路径基于基站实现。(2) If IP routing is used between Donor DU 1 and Donor DU 2, select path 1 or path 3 as the target path based on the base station.
4，若路径2和路径3的IP通路正常，路径1的IP通路异常，则优先选择路径3，只有在Donor DU 2至Donor DU 1之间的IP路由器的IP过滤器可以过滤掉目标数据包的情况下，才选择路径2。这是因为路径2是间接数据转发，需要添加两次外层IP，实现复杂，而路径3只需要在Donor DU 2处添加一次外层IP，Donor DU 1至Donor CU 1之间的数据传输与原始的数据包处理方法一致，可以直接从Donor DU 1路由至Donor CU 1，相较于路径2而言，路径3实现简单。4. If the IP paths of path 2 and path 3 are normal, and the IP path of path 1 is abnormal, path 3 is preferred, and only the IP filter of the IP router between Donor DU 2 and Donor DU 1 can filter out the target data packet In this case, choose path 2. This is because path 2 is indirect data forwarding, which needs to add two outer IPs, which is complicated to implement, while path 3 only needs to add an outer IP at Donor DU 2 once, and the data transmission between Donor DU 1 and Donor CU 1 is the same as The original data packet processing method is the same, and it can be routed directly from Donor DU 1 to Donor CU 1. Compared with path 2, path 3 is simple to implement.
5，若路径1、路径2和路径3的IP通路正常，则优先选择实现简单的路径1和路径3，路径1和路径3的选择可参考上述组合形式3对应的内容，此处不再赘述。5. If the IP paths of path 1, path 2, and path 3 are normal, the simple path 1 and path 3 are preferred. The selection of path 1 and path 3 can refer to the content corresponding to the above combination form 3, and will not be repeated here .
本申请实施例对于冗余拓扑的场景，Donor CU 1或者Donor DU 2可以选择合适的数据传输路径，有利于提高IAB节点和终端数据传输的稳定性。In the embodiment of the present application, for the scenario of redundant topology, Donor CU 1 or Donor DU 2 can select an appropriate data transmission path, which is conducive to improving the stability of data transmission between IAB nodes and terminals.
图20是本申请实施例提供的又一种拓扑结构的示意图。如图20所示，宿主基站1包括一个宿主CU，即Donor CU 1，以及两个宿主DU，即Donor DU 1和Donor DU 2。其中，Donor DU 1为源宿主DU，Donor DU 2为目标宿主DU，源宿主DU的数据包由源宿主DU从属的链路传输切换为通过目标宿主DU从属的链路传输。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another topology provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the donor base station 1 includes a donor CU, namely Donor CU 1, and two donor DUs, namely Donor DU 1 and Donor DU 2. Among them, Donor DU 1 is the source host DU, and Donor DU 2 is the target host DU. The data packets of the source host DU are switched from the link transmission of the source host DU to the link transmission of the target host DU.
在图20中，IAB节点2可以从源父节点(图20中的IAB节点1)在执行切换后连接至目标父节点(图20中的IAB节点3)。IAB节点2下属的IAB节点4，以及UE 1和UE 2也可以跟随IAB节点2执行切换。在这种情况下，数据包的传输有Donor CU 1←→Donor DU 2和Donor CU 1←→Donor DU 1←→Donor DU 2两条路径可选，也就是图19中所示的路径1和路径3。In FIG. 20 , the IAB node 2 can be connected from the source parent node (IAB node 1 in FIG. 20 ) to the target parent node (IAB node 3 in FIG. 20 ) after performing handover. The IAB node 4 subordinate to the IAB node 2, and UE 1 and UE 2 can also follow the IAB node 2 to perform handover. In this case, there are two optional paths for data packet transmission: Donor CU 1←→Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1←→Donor DU 1←→Donor DU 2, that is, paths 1 and 2 shown in Figure 19. Path 3.
其中，可以将进行切换的IAB节点2称为边界IAB节点(boundary IAB节点)，上述IAB节点的切换过程也可称为IAB节点的迁移(migration)过程，本申请实施例对此不作限定。Wherein, the IAB node 2 performing switching may be called a boundary IAB node (boundary IAB node), and the switching process of the above-mentioned IAB node may also be called a migration (migration) process of the IAB node, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
对于图16和图20所示的两种不同场景下Donor CU 1与Donor DU 2之间的数据包路由存在一个问题，以上行传输为例，来自IAB节点2的数据包通过BAP路由至Donor DU 2后，由于Donor DU 2与Donor CU 1之间为IP路由，相应的数据包会去掉原有的BAP数据包头，剩下的IP数据包的源IP地址为IAB节点2或IAB节点4的IP地址，如果Donor DU 2的IP过滤器无法识别该数据包的源IP地址，那么IP过滤器在开启了IP过滤功能的情况下，会将相应的数据包进行过滤，这样来自UE 1或UE 2的数据包便无法到达Donor CU 1，造成了数据包的丢失，降低了传输的可靠性。For the data packet routing between Donor CU 1 and Donor DU 2 in the two different scenarios shown in Figure 16 and Figure 20, there is a problem. Taking upstream transmission as an example, the data packet from IAB node 2 is routed to Donor DU through BAP After 2, due to the IP routing between Donor DU 2 and Donor CU 1, the corresponding data packet will remove the original BAP data packet header, and the source IP address of the remaining IP data packet is the IP of IAB node 2 or IAB node 4 address, if the IP filter of Donor DU 2 cannot identify the source IP address of the data packet, then the IP filter will filter the corresponding data packet when the IP filtering function is enabled, so that the IP filter from UE 1 or UE 2 The data packets cannot reach Donor CU 1, resulting in the loss of data packets and reducing the reliability of transmission.
因此，以UE 1的数据包上行传输为例，来自UE 1的数据包从IAB节点2路由至IAB节点3，再由IAB节点3路由至Donor DU 2的过程中，边界节点可以在原始数据包的BAP包头中添加指示信息。Therefore, taking UE 1's uplink transmission of data packets as an example, during the process of routing data packets from UE 1 from IAB node 2 to IAB node 3, and then from IAB node 3 to Donor DU 2, the border node can Instructions are added to the BAP header.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该指示信息指示该数据包为改头包(或者重路由包)。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information indicates that the data packet is a redirected packet (or a rerouted packet).
在另一种可能的实现方式中，该指示信息指示Donor DU 2保留该数据包，即不对该数据包进行过滤操作。In another possible implementation manner, the indication information instructs Donor DU 2 to keep the data packet, that is, not to perform filtering operation on the data packet.
Donor DU 2在接收到该添加指示信息的数据包之后，可以在BAP头中获取该指示信息，这样即使Donor DU 2的IP过滤器无法识别该数据包的源IP地址，也可以根据该指示信息对该数据包进行正常传输，这样有利于提高数据传输的可靠性。After Donor DU 2 receives the data packet that adds the indication information, it can obtain the indication information in the BAP header, so that even if the IP filter of Donor DU 2 cannot recognize the source IP address of the data packet, it can also use the indication information The data packet is normally transmitted, which is conducive to improving the reliability of data transmission.
此外，为了将包括指示信息的数据包顺利传输至Donor DU 2，还需要正确的目的BAP地址。由于原始数据包的BAP头中的目的BAP地址为Donor DU 1的BAP地址，若想要原始数据包通过IAB节点3向Donor DU 2传输，则需要边界节点IAB节点2重写原始数据包中BAP头的BAP路由标识(BAP routing identification，BAP routing ID)，将目的BAP地址更改为Donor DU 2的BAP地址，这样原始数据包可以正常传输至Donor DU 2，之后Donor DU 2便可在如图19所示的路径1或路径3上进行数据传输。具体的确定路径以及数据传输的过程已在上文中描述，此处不再赘述。In addition, in order to smoothly transmit the data packet including the instruction information to Donor DU 2, the correct destination BAP address is also required. Since the destination BAP address in the BAP header of the original data packet is the BAP address of Donor DU 1, if you want the original data packet to be transmitted to Donor DU 2 through IAB node 3, you need the border node IAB node 2 to rewrite the BAP address in the original data packet Header BAP routing identification (BAP routing identification, BAP routing ID), change the destination BAP address to the BAP address of Donor DU 2, so that the original data packet can be transmitted to Donor DU 2 normally, and then Donor DU 2 can be displayed in Figure 19 Data transmission occurs on path 1 or path 3 as shown. The specific path determination and data transmission process have been described above, and will not be repeated here.
应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that the sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
上文中结合图1至图20，详细描述了根据本申请实施例的通信方法，下面将结合图21至图24，详细描述根据本申请实施例的通信装置。The communication method according to the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 20 , and the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 21 to FIG. 24 .
图21是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置2100的示意性框图，装置2100包括：获取模块2110和处理模块2120。FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2100 includes: an acquisition module 2110 and a processing module 2120 .
其中，获取模块2110用于：获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息，该第一网络设备为无线回传节点的主节点MN。处理模块2120用于：根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为该无线回传节点的辅节点SN，以及，配置该无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。Wherein, the acquiring module 2110 is configured to: acquire capability information of at least one second network device, the capability information indicates whether it has the IAB host capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface, and the first network device is a wireless backhaul node Master node MN. The processing module 2120 is configured to: select a target second network device from at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device, and configure the wireless backhaul node The dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
可选地，F1接口的双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。Optionally, the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
可选地，F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备之间的空口传输至该目标第二网络设备。或者，该F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该目标第二网络设备之间的空口传输至该第一网络设备。Optionally, the transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device. Or, the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
可选地，回传链路为该无线回传节点与该装置或该目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。Optionally, the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the device or the target second network device.
可选地，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，该回传链路为该无线回传节点与该装置和该目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。Optionally, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, where the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node, the device, and the target second network device.
可选地，获取模块2110用于：接收来自至少一个第二网络设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。Optionally, the obtaining module 2110 is configured to: receive capability information of at least one second network device from at least one second network device.
可选地，处理模块2120用于：确定Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息，以及，根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为无线回传节点的SN。Optionally, the processing module 2120 is configured to: determine whether the Xn interface supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages, and, according to the capability information of at least one second network device and whether the Xn interface supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages, from at least one first The second network device selects the target second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node.
可选地，获取模块2110用于：接收来自该无线回传节点的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息；或者，接收来自网管设备的至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。Optionally, the obtaining module 2110 is configured to: receive capability information of at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node; or receive capability information of at least one second network device from a network management device.
可选地，获取模块2110用于：接收至少一个第二网络设备的测量报告，该测量报告包括该无线回传节点与至少一个第二网络设备之间的信号质量。处理模块2120用于：根据至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及该测量报告，从至少一个第二网络设备中选择该目标第二网络设备作为该无线回传节点的SN。Optionally, the acquiring module 2110 is configured to: receive a measurement report of at least one second network device, where the measurement report includes the signal quality between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device. The processing module 2120 is configured to: select the target second network device from at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device and the measurement report.
可选地，装置2100还包括发送模块2130，用于向该无线回传节点发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息指示该F1接口的双连接方式。Optionally, the apparatus 2100 further includes a sending module 2130, configured to send first indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the first indication information indicates the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
可选地，第一指示信息为默认BH RLC信道配置信息，该默认BH RLC信道为该无线 回传节点首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。Optionally, the first indication information is default BH RLC channel configuration information, and the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
可选地，发送模块2130用于：通过该目标第二网络设备向该无线回传节点发送该第一指示信息。Optionally, the sending module 2130 is configured to: send the first indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the target second network device.
可选地，发送模块2130用于：广播该第一网络设备的能力信息。获取模块2110用于：接收来自该无线回传节点的接入请求信息。Optionally, the sending module 2130 is configured to: broadcast the capability information of the first network device. The acquiring module 2110 is configured to: receive access request information from the wireless backhaul node.
在一个可选的例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2100可以具体为上述实施例中的第一网络设备，或者，上述实施例中第一网络设备的功能可以集成在装置2100中。上述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。例如，上述获取模块2110可以为通信接口，例如收发接口。装置2100可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第一网络设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤。In an optional example, those skilled in the art may understand that the apparatus 2100 may specifically be the first network device in the foregoing embodiments, or the functions of the first network device in the foregoing embodiments may be integrated in the apparatus 2100 . The above functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the acquisition module 2110 may be a communication interface, such as a transceiver interface. The apparatus 2100 may be configured to execute various processes and/or steps corresponding to the first network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
图22示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置2200的示意性框图，装置2200包括：发送模块2210和接收模块2220。FIG. 22 shows a schematic block diagram of another communication device 2200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2200 includes: a sending module 2210 and a receiving module 2220 .
其中，发送模块2210用于：发送能力信息，该能力信息指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。接收模块2220用于：接收来自无线回传节点的接入请求信息。Wherein, the sending module 2210 is configured to: send capability information, the capability information indicates whether it has the IAB host capability and/or supports the transmission of F1AP messages through the air interface. The receiving module 2220 is configured to: receive access request information from the wireless backhaul node.
可选地，F1接口的双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。Optionally, the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface and transmitting the F1 interface data of the user plane through the backhaul link.
可选地，F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备之间的空口传输至该目标第二网络设备。或者，该F1AP消息通过该无线回传节点与该目标第二网络设备之间的空口传输至该第一网络设备。Optionally, the transmitting the F1AP message through the air interface includes: transmitting the F1AP message to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device. Or, the F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
可选地，回传链路为该无线回传节点与该装置或该目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。Optionally, the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the device or the target second network device.
可选地，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，该回传链路为该无线回传节点与该装置和该目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。Optionally, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, where the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node, the device, and the target second network device.
可选地，发送模块2210用于：向该第一网络设备发送能力信息，以及，发送Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息。Optionally, the sending module 2210 is configured to: send capability information to the first network device, and send whether the Xn interface supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages.
可选地，发送模块2210用于：广播能力信息。Optionally, the sending module 2210 is configured to: broadcast capability information.
可选地，发送模块2210用于：向该无线回传节点发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该F1接口的双连接方式。Optionally, the sending module 2210 is configured to: send second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
可选地，该第二指示信息包括默认BH RLC信道配置信息，该默认BH RLC信道为该无线回传节点首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。Optionally, the second indication information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information, and the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used by the wireless backhaul node to send the F1AP message for the first time.
可选地，发送模块2210用于：通过该第一网络设备向该无线回传节点发送该第二指示信息。Optionally, the sending module 2210 is configured to: send the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
在一个可选的例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2200可以具体为上述实施例中的目标第二网络设备，或者，上述实施例中目标第二网络设备的功能可以集成在装置2200中。上述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。例如，上述发送模块2210可以为通信接口，例如收发接口。装置2200可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与目标第二网络设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤。In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 2200 may specifically be the target second network device in the above embodiment, or the function of the target second network device in the above embodiment may be integrated in the apparatus 2200 . The above functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the above-mentioned sending module 2210 may be a communication interface, such as a transceiver interface. Apparatus 2200 may be configured to execute various processes and/or steps corresponding to the target second network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
图23示出了本申请实施例提供的再一种通信装置2300的示意性框图，装置2300包 括：获取模块2310和处理模块2220。FIG. 23 shows a schematic block diagram of another communication device 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2300 includes: an acquisition module 2310 and a processing module 2220.
其中，获取模块2310用于：获取至少一个网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息用于指示是否具备IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1AP消息。处理模块2220用于：基于至少一个网络设备的能力信息，接入第一网络设备。获取模块2310还用于：接收第一配置信息以及第二配置信息。Wherein, the acquiring module 2310 is configured to: acquire capability information of at least one network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether it has an IAB hosting capability and/or supports transmission of F1AP messages through an air interface. The processing module 2220 is configured to: access the first network device based on the capability information of at least one network device. The acquiring module 2310 is also configured to: receive first configuration information and second configuration information.
可选地，双连接方式包括该F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。Optionally, the dual connection manner includes transmitting the F1AP message through an air interface and transmitting F1 interface data of the user plane through a backhaul link.
可选地，F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，该回传链路为该无线回传节点与该第一网络设备和该目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路。Optionally, the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is a backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node, the first network device, and the target second network device road.
可选地，该第二配置信息包括默认BH RLC信道配置信息，该默认BH RLC信道为该首次发送F1AP消息所使用的BH RLC信道。Optionally, the second configuration information includes default BH RLC channel configuration information, and the default BH RLC channel is the BH RLC channel used for sending the F1AP message for the first time.
可选地，装置2300还包括发送模块2330，用于通过该装置与该第一网络设备或该目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路发送F1AP消息。Optionally, the apparatus 2300 further includes a sending module 2330, configured to send the F1AP message through the backhaul link between the apparatus and the first network device or the target second network device.
在一个可选的例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2300可以具体为上述实施例中的无线回传节点，或者，上述实施例中无线回传节点的功能可以集成在装置2300中。上述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。例如，上述获取模块2310可以为通信接口，例如收发接口。装置2300可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与无线回传节点对应的各个流程和/或步骤。In an optional example, those skilled in the art may understand that the apparatus 2300 may specifically be the wireless backhaul node in the above embodiment, or the functions of the wireless backhaul node in the above embodiment may be integrated in the apparatus 2300 . The above functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the acquisition module 2310 may be a communication interface, such as a transceiver interface. The apparatus 2300 may be configured to execute various processes and/or steps corresponding to the wireless backhaul node in the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解，这里的装置2100、装置2200和装置2300以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。It should be understood that the device 2100, the device 2200 and the device 2300 here are embodied in the form of functional modules. The term "module" here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor, etc.) and memory, incorporated logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
在本申请的实施例，装置2100、装置2200和装置2300也可以是芯片或者芯片***，例如：片上***(system on chip，SoC)。对应的，获取模块2310可以是该芯片的收发电路，在此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the device 2100, the device 2200 and the device 2300 may also be a chip or a chip system, for example: a system on chip (system on chip, SoC). Correspondingly, the acquisition module 2310 may be a transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
图24是本申请实施例提供的再一种数据传输装置2400的示意性框图。该装置2400包括处理器2410、收发器2420和存储器2430。其中，处理器2410、收发器2420和存储器2430通过内部连接通路互相通信，该存储器2430用于存储指令，该处理器2410用于执行该存储器2430存储的指令，以控制该收发器2420发送信号和/或接收信号。FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission device 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 2400 includes a processor 2410 , a transceiver 2420 and a memory 2430 . Wherein, the processor 2410, the transceiver 2420 and the memory 2430 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, the memory 2430 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2410 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2430 to control the transceiver 2420 to send signals and /or to receive a signal.
应理解，装置2400可以具体为上述实施例中的第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备或无线回传节点，或者，上述实施例中第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备或无线回传节点的功能可以集成在装置2400中，装置2400可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备或无线回传节点对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器2430可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器2410可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且该处理器执行该指令时，该处理器2410可以执行上述方法实施例中与第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备或无线回传节点对应的各个步骤和/或流程。It should be understood that the apparatus 2400 may specifically be the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node in the foregoing embodiments, or the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node in the foregoing embodiments The function of the device may be integrated in the apparatus 2400, and the apparatus 2400 may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the first network device, the target second network device or the wireless backhaul node in the above method embodiments. Optionally, the memory 2430 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory may also store device type information. The processor 2410 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions, the processor 2410 may execute the communication with the first network device, the target second network device, or the wireless backhaul node in the above method embodiments. corresponding steps and/or processes.
应理解，在本申请实施例中，该处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit CPU)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) , Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器执行存储器中的指令，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的模块及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the modules and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的***、装置和模块的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and module can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的***、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个模块或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或模块的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple modules or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的模块可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为模块显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理模块，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络模块上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。The modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as modules may or may not be physical modules, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network modules. Part or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理模块中，也可以是各个模块单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。In addition, each functional module in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing module, each module may exist separately physically, or two or more modules may be integrated into one module.
所述功能如果以软件功能模块的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software function modules and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (70)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息指示是否具备接入回传一体化IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应用协议F1AP消息，所述第一网络设备为无线回传节点的主节点MN；The first network device obtains the capability information of at least one second network device, the capability information indicates whether it has the capability of accessing and backhauling the integrated IAB host and/or whether it supports the transmission of F1 interface application protocol F1AP messages through the air interface, and the first The network device is the master node MN of the wireless backhaul node;
    所述第一网络设备根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN；The first network device selects a target second network device from the at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device;
    所述第一网络设备配置所述无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。The first network device configures the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述F1接口的双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。The method according to claim 1, wherein the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through an air interface and transmitting data on the F1 interface of the user plane through a backhaul link.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：The method according to claim 2, wherein the F1AP message is transmitted through an air interface, comprising:
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与所述第一网络设备之间的空口传输至所述目标第二网络设备；或者，The F1AP message is transmitted to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device; or,
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与所述目标第二网络设备之间的空口传输至所述第一网络设备。The F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与所述第一网络设备或所述目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与所述第一网络设备和所述目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。The method according to claim 1, wherein the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network A communication link between the device and the target second network device.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the acquiring capability information of at least one second network device by the first network device comprises:
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述至少一个第二网络设备的所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。The first network device receives capability information of the at least one second network device from the at least one second network device.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 6, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备确定所述第一网络设备与所述至少一个第二网络设备之间的Xn接口是否支持通过Xn接口应用协议XnAP消息传输F1AP消息；The first network device determines whether the Xn interface between the first network device and the at least one second network device supports the transmission of an F1AP message through an Xn interface application protocol XnAP message;
    所述第一网络设备根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN，包括：The first network device selects a target second network device from the at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device, including:
    所述第一网络设备根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及所述Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择所述目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的SN。The first network device selects the target second network device from the at least one second network device according to the capability information of the at least one second network device and whether the Xn interface supports the transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages As the SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  8. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the acquiring capability information of at least one second network device by the first network device comprises:
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述无线回传节点的所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息；或者，receiving, by the first network device, capability information of the at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node; or,
    所述第一网络设备接收来自网管设备的所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。The first network device receives capability information of the at least one second network device from a network management device.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备接收所述至少一个第二网络设备的测量报告，所述测量报告包括所 述无线回传节点与所述至少一个第二网络设备之间的信号质量；The first network device receives a measurement report of the at least one second network device, the measurement report including a signal quality between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device;
    所述第一网络设备根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的SN，包括：The first network device selects a target second network device from the at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device, including:
    所述第一网络设备根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及所述测量报告，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择所述目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的SN。The first network device selects the target second network device from the at least one second network device as the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device and the measurement report Sn.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络设备配置所述无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式，包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first network device configures the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node, comprising:
    所述第一网络设备向所述无线回传节点发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示所述F1接口的双连接方式。The first network device sends first indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the first indication information indicates the dual connection mode of the F1 interface.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为默认回传无线链路控制BH RLC信道配置信息。The method according to claim 10, wherein the first indication information is default backhaul radio link control BH RLC channel configuration information.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备通过所述目标第二网络设备向所述无线回传节点发送所述第一指示信息。The first network device sends the first indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the target second network device.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备广播所述第一网络设备的能力信息；The first network device broadcasts capability information of the first network device;
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述无线回传节点的接入请求信息。The first network device receives access request information from the wireless backhaul node.
  14. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    目标第二网络设备发送所述目标第二网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息指示是否具备接入回传一体化IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应用协议F1AP消息；The target second network device sends capability information of the target second network device, and the capability information indicates whether it has the ability to access and return the integrated IAB host and/or whether it supports the transmission of F1 interface application protocol F1AP messages through the air interface;
    所述目标第二网络设备接收来自无线回传节点的接入请求信息，所述目标第二网络设备为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN。The target second network device receives the access request information from the wireless backhaul node, and the target second network device is a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述F1接口的双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。The method according to claim 14, wherein the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through an air interface and transmitting data on the F1 interface of the user plane through a backhaul link.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：The method according to claim 15, wherein the F1AP message is transmitted through an air interface, comprising:
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与第一网络设备之间的空口传输至所述目标第二网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述无线回传节点的主节点MN；或者，The F1AP message is transmitted to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device, and the first network device is the master node MN of the wireless backhaul node; or,
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与所述目标第二网络设备之间的空口传输至所述第一网络设备。The F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与所述第一网络设备或所述目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路。The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the backhaul link is a backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device .
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与第一网络设备和所述目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路。The method according to claim 14, wherein the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and A backhaul link between the target second network devices.
  19. 根据权利要求14-18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标第二网络设备发送所述目标第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：The method according to any one of claims 14-18, wherein the target second network device sending capability information of the target second network device includes:
    所述目标第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送所述目标第二网络设备的能力信息；sending, by the target second network device, capability information of the target second network device to the first network device;
    所述方法还包括：The method also includes:
    所述目标第二网络设备发送所述目标第二网络设备与所述第一网络设备之间的Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息。The target second network device sends whether the Xn interface between the target second network device and the first network device supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages.
  20. 根据权利要求14-18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标第二网络设备发送所述目标第二网络设备的能力信息，包括：The method according to any one of claims 14-18, wherein the target second network device sending capability information of the target second network device includes:
    所述目标第二网络设备广播所述目标第二网络设备的能力信息。The target second network device broadcasts capability information of the target second network device.
  21. 根据权利要求14-20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 14-20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述目标第二网络设备向所述无线回传节点发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述F1接口的双连接方式。The target second network device sends second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括默认回传无线链路控制BH RLC信道配置信息。The method according to claim 21, wherein the second indication information includes default backhaul radio link control BH RLC channel configuration information.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 21 or 22, further comprising:
    所述目标第二网络设备通过第一网络设备向所述无线回传节点发送所述第二指示信息。The target second network device sends the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
  24. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    无线回传节点获取至少一个网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息用于指示是否具备接入回传一体化IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应用协议F1AP消息；The wireless backhaul node obtains capability information of at least one network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether it has the ability to access and backhaul the integrated IAB host and/or whether it supports the transmission of F1 interface application protocol F1AP messages through the air interface;
    所述无线回传节点基于所述至少一个网络设备的能力信息，接入第一网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述无线回传节点的主节点MN；The wireless backhaul node accesses a first network device based on the capability information of the at least one network device, and the first network device is a master node MN of the wireless backhaul node;
    所述无线回传节点接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置目标第二网络设备为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN；The wireless backhaul node receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a target second network device as a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node;
    所述无线回传节点接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于配置所述无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。The wireless backhaul node receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。The method according to claim 24, wherein the dual connectivity mode includes transmitting the F1AP message through an air interface and transmitting F1 interface data on the user plane through a backhaul link.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与所述第一网络设备和所述目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路。The method according to claim 24, wherein the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network A backhaul link between the device and the target second network device.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二配置信息包括默认回传无线链路控制BH RLC信道配置信息。The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the second configuration information includes default backhaul radio link control BH RLC channel configuration information.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 27, further comprising:
    所述无线回传节点通过所述无线回传节点与所述第一网络设备或所述目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路发送F1AP消息。The wireless backhaul node sends the F1AP message through a backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the target second network device.
  29. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一网络设备的集中式单元CU从多条候选路径中确定所述第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的分布式单元DU之间的目标路径；The centralized unit CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths;
    所述第一网络设备的CU通过所述目标路径向所述第二网络设备的DU传输数据。The CU of the first network device transmits data to the DU of the second network device through the target path.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述多条候选路径包括下列至少一条路径：The method according to claim 29, wherein the multiple candidate paths include at least one of the following paths:
    路径1：所述第一网络设备的CU通过互联网协议IP网络至所述第二网络设备的DU；路径2：所述第一网络设备的CU经过所述第二网络设备的CU至所述第二网络设备的DU；路径3：所述第一网络设备的CU经过所述第一网络设备的DU至所述第二网络设备的DU。Path 1: The CU of the first network device passes through the Internet Protocol IP network to the DU of the second network device; Path 2: The CU of the first network device passes through the CU of the second network device to the DU of the second network device The DU of the second network device; path 3: the CU of the first network device passes through the DU of the first network device to the DU of the second network device.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述路径1和所述路径2的IP通路 正常，所述路径3的IP通路异常；The method according to claim 30, wherein the IP path of the path 1 and the path 2 is normal, and the IP path of the path 3 is abnormal;
    所述第一网络设备的集中式单元CU从多条候选路径中确定所述第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的分布式单元DU之间的目标路径，包括：The centralized unit CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including:
    若待传输数据包的源IP地址在所述第一网络设备的CU至所述第二网络设备的DU之间的IP路由器的过滤单元的白名单内，或者，所述第一网络设备的CU至所述第二网络设备的DU之间的IP路由器未启动所述过滤单元，则所述第一网络设备的CU确定所述路径1为所述目标路径。If the source IP address of the data packet to be transmitted is in the white list of the filter unit of the IP router between the CU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device, or, the CU of the first network device If the IP router to the DU of the second network device does not activate the filtering unit, then the CU of the first network device determines that the path 1 is the target path.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述路径1和所述路径3的IP通路正常，所述路径2的IP通路异常；The method according to claim 30, wherein the IP paths of the path 1 and the path 3 are normal, and the IP path of the path 2 is abnormal;
    所述第一网络设备的集中式单元CU从多条候选路径中确定所述第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的分布式单元DU之间的目标路径，包括：The centralized unit CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including:
    若所述第一网络设备的DU与所述第二网络设备的DU之间存在隧道，则所述第一网络设备的CU确定所述路径3为所述目标路径。If there is a tunnel between the DU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device, the CU of the first network device determines that the path 3 is the target path.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述路径1和所述路径3的IP通路正常，所述路径2的IP通路异常；The method according to claim 30, wherein the IP paths of the path 1 and the path 3 are normal, and the IP path of the path 2 is abnormal;
    所述第一网络设备的集中式单元CU从多条候选路径中确定所述第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的分布式单元DU之间的目标路径，包括：The centralized unit CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including:
    若所述第一网络设备的DU与所述第二网络设备的DU之间采用IP网络，则所述第一网络设备的CU确定所述路径1或所述路径3为所述目标路径。If an IP network is used between the DU of the first network device and the DU of the second network device, the CU of the first network device determines that the path 1 or the path 3 is the target path.
  34. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述路径2和所述路径3的IP通路正常，所述路径1的IP通路异常；The method according to claim 30, wherein the IP paths of the path 2 and the path 3 are normal, and the IP path of the path 1 is abnormal;
    所述第一网络设备的集中式单元CU从多条候选路径中确定所述第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的分布式单元DU之间的目标路径，包括：The centralized unit CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including:
    所述第一网络设备的CU确定所述路径3为所述目标路径。The CU of the first network device determines that the path 3 is the target path.
  35. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述路径1、所述路径2以及所述路径3的IP通路正常；The method according to claim 30, wherein the IP paths of the path 1, the path 2, and the path 3 are normal;
    所述第一网络设备的集中式单元CU从多条候选路径中确定所述第一网络设备的CU与第二网络设备的分布式单元DU之间的目标路径，包括：The centralized unit CU of the first network device determines a target path between the CU of the first network device and the distributed unit DU of the second network device from multiple candidate paths, including:
    所述第一网络设备的CU确定所述路径1或所述路径3为所述目标路径。The CU of the first network device determines that the path 1 or the path 3 is the target path.
  36. 根据权利要求29至35中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 29 to 35, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备的CU通过测试ping值或者基于国际报文控制协议ICMP确定所述多条候选路径的IP通路是否异常。The CU of the first network device determines whether the IP paths of the multiple candidate paths are abnormal by testing the ping value or based on the International Message Control Protocol ICMP.
  37. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    获取模块，用于获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息指示是否具备接入回传一体化IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应用协议F1AP消息，所述装置为无线回传节点的主节点MN；An acquisition module, configured to acquire capability information of at least one second network device, the capability information indicating whether it has the ability to access and backhaul the integrated IAB host and/or whether it supports the transmission of an F1 interface application protocol F1AP message through an air interface, the device is the master node MN of the wireless backhaul node;
    处理模块，根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN；A processing module, selecting a target second network device from the at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device;
    所述处理模块还用于：配置所述无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。The processing module is further configured to: configure a dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述F1接口的双连接方式包括所述 F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。The device according to claim 37, wherein the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through an air interface and transmitting data on the F1 interface of the user plane through a backhaul link.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：The device according to claim 38, wherein the F1AP message is transmitted through an air interface, comprising:
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与所述装置之间的空口传输至所述目标第二网络设备；或者，The F1AP message is transmitted to the target second network device through the air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the device; or,
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与所述目标第二网络设备之间的空口传输至所述装置。The F1AP message is transmitted to the apparatus through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the target second network device.
  40. 根据权利要求38或39所述的装置，其特征在于，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与所述装置或所述目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。The device according to claim 38 or 39, wherein the backhaul link is a communication link between the wireless backhaul node and the device or the target second network device.
  41. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与所述装置和所述目标第二网络设备之间的通信链路。The device according to claim 37, wherein the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the device and the wireless backhaul node The communication link between the target second network devices.
  42. 根据权利要求37-41中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述获取模块用于：The device according to any one of claims 37-41, wherein the acquisition module is used for:
    接收来自所述至少一个第二网络设备的所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。Capability information of the at least one second network device is received from the at least one second network device.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理模块还用于：The device according to claim 42, wherein the processing module is also used for:
    确定所述装置与所述至少一个第二网络设备之间的Xn接口是否支持通过Xn接口应用协议XnAP消息传输F1AP消息；determining whether the Xn interface between the apparatus and the at least one second network device supports the transmission of an F1AP message through an Xn interface application protocol XnAP message;
    根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及所述Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择所述目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的SN。Selecting the target second network device from the at least one second network device as the wireless backhaul according to the capability information of the at least one second network device and whether the Xn interface supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages Node's SN.
  44. 根据权利要求37-41中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述获取模块用于：The device according to any one of claims 37-41, wherein the acquisition module is used for:
    接收来自所述无线回传节点的所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息；或者，receiving capability information of the at least one second network device from the wireless backhaul node; or,
    接收来自网管设备的所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息。Capability information of the at least one second network device is received from the network management device.
  45. 根据权利要求43或44所述的装置，其特征在于，所述获取模块还用于：The device according to claim 43 or 44, wherein the acquiring module is also used for:
    接收所述至少一个第二网络设备的测量报告，所述测量报告包括所述无线回传节点与所述至少一个第二网络设备之间的信号质量；receiving a measurement report of the at least one second network device, the measurement report including signal quality between the wireless backhaul node and the at least one second network device;
    所述处理模块用于：The processing module is used for:
    根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息以及所述测量报告，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择所述目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的SN。Selecting the target second network device from the at least one second network device as the SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device and the measurement report.
  46. 根据权利要求37-45中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括发送模块，用于：The device according to any one of claims 37-45, wherein the device further comprises a sending module, configured to:
    向所述无线回传节点发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示所述F1接口的双连接方式。Sending first indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the first indication information indicates the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息为默认回传无线链路控制BH RLC信道配置信息。The device according to claim 46, wherein the first indication information is default backhaul radio link control BH RLC channel configuration information.
  48. 根据权利要求46或47所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块还用于：The device according to claim 46 or 47, wherein the sending module is also used for:
    通过所述目标第二网络设备向所述无线回传节点发送所述第一指示信息。Sending the first indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the target second network device.
  49. 根据权利要求46-48中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块还用于：The device according to any one of claims 46-48, wherein the sending module is also used for:
    广播所述装置的能力信息；broadcasting capability information of the device;
    所述获取模块还用于：The acquisition module is also used for:
    接收来自所述无线回传节点的接入请求信息。Access request information is received from the wireless backhaul node.
  50. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    发送模块，用于发送所述装置的能力信息，所述能力信息指示是否具备接入回传一体化IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应用协议F1AP消息；The sending module is used to send the capability information of the device, and the capability information indicates whether it has the ability to access and return the integrated IAB host and/or whether it supports the transmission of the F1 interface application protocol F1AP message through the air interface;
    接收模块，用于接收来自无线回传节点的接入请求信息，所述装置为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN。A receiving module, configured to receive access request information from a wireless backhaul node, the device being a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置，其特征在于，所述F1接口的双连接方式包括所述F1AP消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。The device according to claim 50, wherein the dual connection mode of the F1 interface includes transmitting the F1AP message through an air interface and transmitting data on the F1 interface of the user plane through a backhaul link.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息通过空口传输，包括：The device according to claim 51, wherein the F1AP message is transmitted through an air interface, comprising:
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与第一网络设备之间的空口传输至所述装置，所述第一网络设备为所述无线回传节点的主节点MN；或者，The F1AP message is transmitted to the apparatus through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and a first network device, where the first network device is a master node MN of the wireless backhaul node; or,
    所述F1AP消息通过所述无线回传节点与所述装置之间的空口传输至所述第一网络设备。The F1AP message is transmitted to the first network device through an air interface between the wireless backhaul node and the device.
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与第一网络设备或所述装置之间的回传链路。The device according to claim 51 or 52, wherein the backhaul link is a backhaul link between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device or the device.
  54. 根据权利要求50所述的装置，其特征在于，所述F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，所述回传链路为所述无线回传节点与第一网络设备和所述装置之间的回传链路。The device according to claim 50, wherein the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the wireless backhaul node and the first network device and A backhaul link between the devices.
  55. 根据权利要求50-54中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块用于：The device according to any one of claims 50-54, wherein the sending module is used for:
    向所述第一网络设备发送所述装置的能力信息；sending capability information of the device to the first network device;
    发送所述装置与所述第一网络设备之间的Xn接口是否支持通过XnAP消息传输F1AP消息。Sending whether the Xn interface between the apparatus and the first network device supports transmission of F1AP messages through XnAP messages.
  56. 根据权利要求50-54中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块用于：The device according to any one of claims 50-54, wherein the sending module is used for:
    广播所述装置的能力信息。Capability information for the device is broadcast.
  57. 根据权利要求50-56中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块用于：The device according to any one of claims 50-56, wherein the sending module is used for:
    向所述无线回传节点发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述F1接口的双连接方式。Sending second indication information to the wireless backhaul node, where the second indication information is used to indicate the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括默认回传无线链路控制BH RLC信道配置信息。The device according to claim 57, wherein the second indication information includes default backhaul radio link control BH RLC channel configuration information.
  59. 根据权利要求57或58所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块还用于：The device according to claim 57 or 58, wherein the sending module is also used for:
    通过第一网络设备向所述无线回传节点发送所述第二指示信息。Sending the second indication information to the wireless backhaul node through the first network device.
  60. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    获取模块，用于获取至少一个网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息用于指示是否具备接入回传一体化IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应用协议F1AP消息；An acquisition module, configured to acquire capability information of at least one network device, where the capability information is used to indicate whether it has the ability to access and return an integrated IAB host and/or whether it supports the transmission of an F1 interface application protocol F1AP message through an air interface;
    处理模块，用于基于所述至少一个网络设备的能力信息，接入第一网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述装置的主节点MN；A processing module, configured to access a first network device based on the capability information of the at least one network device, where the first network device is the master node MN of the device;
    所述获取模块还用于：接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置目标第二网络设备为所述装置的辅节点SN；The obtaining module is further configured to: receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the target second network device as the secondary node SN of the device;
    所述获取模块还用于：接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于配置所述装置的F1接口的双连接方式。The obtaining module is further configured to: receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the dual connection mode of the F1 interface of the device.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的装置，其特征在于，包括：所述双连接方式包括所述F1AP 消息通过空口传输且用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输。The device according to claim 60, characterized in that it comprises: the dual connectivity mode comprises that the F1AP message is transmitted through an air interface and the F1 interface data of the user plane is transmitted through a backhaul link.
  62. 根据权利要求60所述的装置，其特征在于，包括：所述F1AP消息和用户面的F1接口数据通过回传链路传输，所述回传链路为所述装置与所述第一网络设备和所述目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路。The device according to claim 60, characterized by comprising: the F1AP message and the F1 interface data of the user plane are transmitted through a backhaul link, and the backhaul link is between the device and the first network device and the backhaul link between the target second network device.
  63. 根据权利要求61或62所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二配置信息包括默认回传无线链路控制BH RLC信道配置信息。The device according to claim 61 or 62, wherein the second configuration information includes default backhaul radio link control BH RLC channel configuration information.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括发送模块，用于：The device according to claim 63, wherein the device further comprises a sending module, configured to:
    通过所述装置与所述第一网络设备或所述目标第二网络设备之间的回传链路发送F1AP消息。Sending an F1AP message over a backhaul link between the apparatus and the first network device or the target second network device.
  65. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置用于执行如权利要求1-13中任一项所述方法，或者，用于执行如权利要求14-23中任一项所述方法，或者，用于执行如权利要求24-28中任一项所述方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-13, or configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 14-23, or, For performing the method as described in any one of claims 24-28.
  66. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：包括处理器和存储器；所述存储器用于存储一个或多个计算机程序，当所述一个或多个计算机程序被运行时，使得如权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法被执行，或使得如权利要求14-23中任一项所述的方法被执行，或使得如权利要求24-28中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store one or more computer programs, when the one or more computer programs are executed, such that as claimed in claims 1-13 The method described in any one of claims is performed, or the method described in any one of claims 14-23 is caused to be performed, or the method described in any one of claims 24-28 is caused to be performed.
  67. 一种通信***，其特征在于，包括如权利要求37-49中任一项所述的装置、如权利要求50-59中任一项所述的装置以及如权利要求60-64中任一项所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the device according to any one of claims 37-49, the device according to any one of claims 50-59, and the device according to any one of claims 60-64 the device described.
  68. 一种通信***，其特征在于，包括第一网络设备、目标第二网络设备以及无线回传节点；其中，A communication system, characterized by comprising a first network device, a target second network device, and a wireless backhaul node; wherein,
    所述无线回传节点获取至少一个网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息指示是否具备接入回传一体化IAB宿主能力和/或是否支持通过空口传输F1接口应用协议F1AP消息；The wireless backhaul node acquires capability information of at least one network device, and the capability information indicates whether it has the ability to access and backhaul an integrated IAB host and/or whether it supports the transmission of an F1 interface application protocol F1AP message through an air interface;
    所述无线回传节点基于所述至少一个网络设备的能力信息，接入所述第一网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述无线回传节点的主节点MN；The wireless backhaul node accesses the first network device based on the capability information of the at least one network device, and the first network device is a master node MN of the wireless backhaul node;
    所述目标第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送所述目标第二网络设备的能力信息；sending, by the target second network device, capability information of the target second network device to the first network device;
    所述第一网络设备获取至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息；The first network device acquires capability information of at least one second network device;
    所述第一网络设备根据所述至少一个第二网络设备的能力信息，从所述至少一个第二网络设备中选择所述目标第二网络设备作为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN；The first network device selects the target second network device from the at least one second network device as the secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node according to the capability information of the at least one second network device;
    所述无线回传节点接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置所述目标第二网络设备为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN；The wireless backhaul node receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the target second network device as a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node;
    所述目标第二网络设备接收来自所述无线回传节点的接入请求信息，所述目标第二网络设备为所述无线回传节点的辅节点SN；The target second network device receives access request information from the wireless backhaul node, where the target second network device is a secondary node SN of the wireless backhaul node;
    所述第一网络设备配置所述无线回传节点的F1接口的双连接方式。The first network device configures the dual connectivity mode of the F1 interface of the wireless backhaul node.
  69. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求14-23中任一项所述的方法，或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求24-28中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer can execute any one of claims 1-13. The method described in item 1, or causing the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 14-23, or causing the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 24-28.
  70. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被运行时，实现如权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求14-23中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求24-28中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises: computer program code, when the computer program code is run, to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-13, or to implement the method as described in any one of claims 1-13 The method according to any one of claims 14-23, or implementing the method according to any one of claims 24-28.
PCT/CN2022/107829 2021-08-04 2022-07-26 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2023011245A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110892477.5 2021-08-04
CN202110892477.5A CN115707149A (en) 2021-08-04 2021-08-04 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023011245A1 true WO2023011245A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85155157

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/107829 WO2023011245A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2022-07-26 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115707149A (en)
WO (1) WO2023011245A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116033484B (en) * 2023-03-27 2023-06-27 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 Method, device, equipment and medium for shunting transmission of data packet in IAB network
CN116056172B (en) * 2023-03-29 2023-07-21 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 IAB host node switching information configuration method, device, equipment and medium
CN117156490B (en) * 2023-10-31 2024-01-30 深圳市佳贤通信科技股份有限公司 5G network backhaul device and method based on CPE

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104469891A (en) * 2013-09-23 2015-03-25 ***通信集团公司 Method, system and device for selecting donor eNB for relay node
CN110536375A (en) * 2018-08-09 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for network access, device, the network equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN110636636A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-12-31 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Signaling transmission method and device and network equipment
WO2020027713A1 (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-02-06 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Iab nodes with multiple mts – multi-path connectivity
WO2020064136A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Nokia Technologies Oy Dual connectivity for iab backhaul
CN112534767A (en) * 2018-08-10 2021-03-19 高通股份有限公司 Organization of inter-relay discovery reference signals
WO2021061742A1 (en) * 2019-09-25 2021-04-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for integrated access and backhaul capability indication

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104469891A (en) * 2013-09-23 2015-03-25 ***通信集团公司 Method, system and device for selecting donor eNB for relay node
CN110636636A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-12-31 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Signaling transmission method and device and network equipment
WO2020027713A1 (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-02-06 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Iab nodes with multiple mts – multi-path connectivity
CN110536375A (en) * 2018-08-09 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for network access, device, the network equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN112534767A (en) * 2018-08-10 2021-03-19 高通股份有限公司 Organization of inter-relay discovery reference signals
WO2020064136A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Nokia Technologies Oy Dual connectivity for iab backhaul
WO2021061742A1 (en) * 2019-09-25 2021-04-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for integrated access and backhaul capability indication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115707149A (en) 2023-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11546811B2 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a UE, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a UE, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
US10893459B2 (en) Wireless base station, first wireless control apparatus, second wireless control apparatus, and wireless apparatus
RU2713442C1 (en) Cell switching system and method
JP7303833B2 (en) Information transmission method and device
WO2023011245A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US8767692B2 (en) Communication method in an IEEE 802.11 wireless LAN environment
CN112703773A (en) Systems, devices and methods for connection re-establishment via alternative routes due to radio link failure in integrated access and backhaul
CN113556794B (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2022028493A1 (en) Iab node configuration method and communication device
WO2022082679A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2022041249A1 (en) Node switching method and related device
US20230262557A1 (en) Methods and devices for enhancing integrated access backhaul networks for new radio
CN113873587A (en) Method and related equipment for IAB network communication
WO2020192654A1 (en) Radio link control (rlc) bearer configuration method and apparatus
WO2022067592A1 (en) Communication method, device, and system for lossless data transmission
US20230362779A1 (en) Communication method and related device
US20230199614A1 (en) Methods and apparatus of sidelink relay based data transmission with multiple paths
WO2021159238A1 (en) Data processing method, communication apparatus and communication system
WO2022167611A1 (en) Handover technique for time-sensitive networking
WO2023131094A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023246746A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2024046294A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023150968A1 (en) Signal transceiving method and apparatus, and communication system
US20240031860A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2022160288A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22851959

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE